TW201243375A - Methods and apparatus for identifying and authorizing location servers and location services using a proxy location server - Google Patents
Methods and apparatus for identifying and authorizing location servers and location services using a proxy location server Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TW201243375A TW201243375A TW101103814A TW101103814A TW201243375A TW 201243375 A TW201243375 A TW 201243375A TW 101103814 A TW101103814 A TW 101103814A TW 101103814 A TW101103814 A TW 101103814A TW 201243375 A TW201243375 A TW 201243375A
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- location
- slp
- message
- mobile device
- location server
- Prior art date
Links
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W12/00—Security arrangements; Authentication; Protecting privacy or anonymity
- H04W12/08—Access security
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L63/00—Network architectures or network communication protocols for network security
- H04L63/02—Network architectures or network communication protocols for network security for separating internal from external traffic, e.g. firewalls
- H04L63/0281—Proxies
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L67/00—Network arrangements or protocols for supporting network services or applications
- H04L67/50—Network services
- H04L67/51—Discovery or management thereof, e.g. service location protocol [SLP] or web services
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W4/00—Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
- H04W4/02—Services making use of location information
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W4/00—Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
- H04W4/20—Services signaling; Auxiliary data signalling, i.e. transmitting data via a non-traffic channel
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W76/00—Connection management
- H04W76/50—Connection management for emergency connections
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
- Computing Systems (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Telephonic Communication Services (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Description
201243375 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本文所揭示之主題係關於電子器件’且更特定言之’係 關於用於識別及/或存取一或多個經授權位置伺服器及/或 一或多個位置服務之方法、裝置及製品。201243375 VI. Description of the Invention: [Technical Field] The subject matter disclosed herein relates to an electronic device 'and more specifically' for identifying and/or accessing one or more authorized location servers and/or Or methods, devices and articles of service for one or more locations.
本申請案根據35 USC 119主張以下美國臨時申請案之申 請案之優先權,該等申請案中每一者讓渡給其受讓人且其 以引用之方式併入本文中:2011年2月7曰申請且名為 「SUPPORT OF A SUPL DISCOVERED SLP (D-SLP)」之 美國臨時申請案第61/440,251號;2011年3月9曰申請且名 為「METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORT OF A SUPL DISCOVERED SLP (D-SLP)」之美國臨時申請案第 61/45 1,059號;2011 年4月 1 日申請且名為「METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORT OF A SUPL DISCOVERED SLP (D-SLP)」之美國臨時申請案第61/470,986號;2011年 5月 9 日申請且名為「METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORT OF A SUPL DISCOVERED SLP (D-SLP)」之美 國臨時申請案第61/484,113號;2011年5月11曰申請且名為 「METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORT OF A SUPL DISCOVERED SLP (D-SLP)」之美國臨時申請案第 61/485,085號;2011年6月10日申請且名為「METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORT OF A SUPL DISCOVERED SLP (D-SLP)」之美國臨時申請案第61/495,895號;及2011 年8月26曰申請且名為「METHODS AND APPARATUS 162179.doc 201243375 FOR SUPPORT OF A SUPL DISCOVERED SLP (D-SLP)j 之美國臨時申請案第61/527,841號。 【先前技術】 行動器件(諸如,行動電話、筆記型電腦、電腦,等等) 通常具有使用若干技術(諸如(僅僅列舉幾個實例),衛星定 位系統(例如,GPS、Galileo、Glonass及其類似者)、進階 則向鏈路一角量測(AFLT)、小區ID或增強型小區中任 -者而以高精確度來估計其位置之能力。位置估計技術通 常涉及處料基於在行動料接收H處所獲取之信號之量 測舉例而5,行動器件可獲取自陸地基地台所傳輸之衛 星定位系統(SPS)信號或導頻信號'經獲取信號之各種經 量測特性(諸如,相位、信號強度、到達時間及/或往返延 遲)可用於計算定位。 在 ’疋方,諸如由開放行動聯盟(OMA)在公開可 得到之文件巾利述之SUPL(安全使用者平面位置)的使用 者平面㈣定針在該構㈣,料位置服務 刀:可使在行動器件(例* ’ SUPL允用終端機(SET)) 處或在分離位置伺服II <彳 /服益(例如,SWL定位平台(SLP))處所 獲传之位置估計可為其他 θ A # . 、實體所侍到。使此等位置估計可 為其他實體所得到在特定 疋愿用(诸如,提供緊急服務、代 表另-用戶端使用者來定位 找到附近的加油站、旅館、::者、獲付駕駛方向,或 外,在某些例子中,行動 ^ 为 輔助資n 亦可與SLP通信以獲得定位 輔助資科诸如(僅僅列舉 私戍個疋位輔助資料實例),粗略 162179.doc 201243375 位置、準確時間參考、用以輔助獲取SPS或陸地無線電信 號之資料、本端室内導航輔助資料、用以辅助根據sps量 測來計算位置之SPS星曆資料。 位置估計可被稱為位置或經估計位置一此等術語在本文 中被同義地使用。 在某些例子中’外部用戶端可包含SUPL代理。SUPL代 理可自行動器件間接地獲取SET之經估計位置。舉例而 ,為了獲取行動器件之經估計位置,SUPL代理可將請 求經估計位置之訊息傳輸至SLp。在自supL代理接收訊息 之後,SLP可起始與行動器件之SUpL會話以獲得行動器件 之經估計位置,經估計位置隨後可自SLp傳輸至3卩扛代 理。通常可以兩種方式中之—者獲得經估計位置—⑴其中 行動器件進行量測(例如,來自附近基地台及/或其他無線 存取點之SPS信號及/或陸地無線電信號之量測)且將量測 傳送至SLP以使SLP計算經估計位置,或(Η)其中行動器件 如在⑴中-樣進行量測且另外自㈣算經估計位置,從而 可能地使用藉由SLP提供之辅助資料(例如,奶星 以便進行此計算。 ; 在一特定實财,行動器件可與諸如本籍SLp(H_ 本籍位置舰器相關聯,本籍位W具有通常適用於 使用者器件可在任何特㈣間被定位之區域的位置_胃 料。此處’不管行動器件之當前位置,行動器_件可與其Η· SLP通信以獲得各種位置服務、定位辅助資料、以位置 基礎之服務資訊,等等。 两 162179.doc 201243375 然而,在某些情形φ 中H-SLP可能不具有特定位置服務 及/或某一所要定位輔助咨如 補助育枓等等來使行動器件獲得導航 輔助舉例而° ’右行動器件位於諸如(僅僅列舉幾個實 例)購物中心、機場1中心或醫院之建築結構内部,則 H-SLP可能㈣提供與在建㈣構外部之附近基地台及某 些SPS有關之輔助資料,但可能不具有關於在建築結構内 部之無線存取點(諸如,無線LAN存取點或超微型小區)之 資δίΐ。在彼狀況下,★ t力 也4 /又有可能獲得針對行動器件之準 確位置估彳W如’若行動^件可量測來自在建築結構内 部之無線存取點之信號,但歸因於由㈣結構造成之信號 衰減及反射而不能夠量測或準確地量測來自SPS衛星及外 4基地台之ϋ。在某些其他狀況下,H SLP可能不知道 在行動器件附近之基地台(例如1行動器件係在遠離H- SLP之鄉村或區域中),從而即使在行動器件處於戶外且不 在建築結構内時仍使位置估計困難或不可能。因此,可能 有益的是使行動器件能夠以某其他方式獲得某一(某些)位 置服務、定位輔助資料、以位置為基礎之服務資訊,等 等。 在再其他情形中’也許是’在給出行動器件之位置及/ 或Η-SLP之當前操作的情況下,HSLp可能不能夠以某適 當及/或適時之方式辅助提供特定位置服務等等。因此, 可能有益的是使行動器件能夠以某其他方式獲得某一(某 些)位置服務、定位辅助資料、以位置為基礎之服務資 訊,等等。 162179.doc 201243375 【發明内容】This application claims priority to the following U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 35 USC 119, each of which is assigned to its assignee and incorporated herein by reference: February 2011 U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/440,251, entitled "SUPPORT OF A SUPL DISCOVERED SLP (D-SLP)", filed March 9, 2011, and entitled "METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORT OF A SUPL DISCOVERED" US Provisional Application No. 61/45 1,059 of SLP (D-SLP); US, filed on April 1, 2011 and named "METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORT OF A SUPL DISCOVERED SLP (D-SLP)" Provisional Application No. 61/470,986; US Provisional Application No. 61/484,113, filed on May 9, 2011 and entitled "METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORT OF A SUPL DISCOVERED SLP (D-SLP)"; 2011 US Provisional Application No. 61/485,085, filed on May 11th, 2011, entitled "METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORT OF A SUPL DISCOVERED SLP (D-SLP)"; application dated June 10, 2011 and named "METHODS AND" APPARATUS FOR SUPPORT OF A SUPL DISCOVERED SLP (D-SLP) U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/495,895; and US Provisional Application No. 61, entitled "METHODS AND APPARATUS 162179.doc 201243375 FOR SUPPORT OF A SUPL DISCOVERED SLP (D-SLP)j, filed on August 26, 2011 /527,841. [Prior Art] Mobile devices (such as mobile phones, laptops, computers, etc.) usually have several techniques (such as (just to name a few examples), satellite positioning systems (eg, GPS, Galileo, Glonass and the like), Advanced is the ability to estimate its position with high accuracy to any of the Link Angle Measurement (AFLT), Cell ID or Enhanced Cell. Location estimation techniques usually involve An example of the measurement of the signal acquired at the mobile receiving H. 5, the mobile device can obtain various measured characteristics of the acquired satellite signal (SPS) signal or pilot signal transmitted by the terrestrial base station (eg, Phase, signal strength, time of arrival, and/or round trip delay can be used to calculate positioning. In the 'square side, such as the Open Plan of Action (OMA) in the publicly available file towel description of the SUPL (safe user plane position) user plane (four) fixed needle in the structure (four), material position service knife: can be The location estimate obtained at the mobile device (eg * 'SUPL Permitted Terminal (SET)) or at the Separate Location Servo II <////(eg SWL Positioning Platform (SLP)) may be other θ A # . The entity is served. Such location estimates may be obtained for other entities (eg, providing emergency services, representing another user-user to locate nearby gas stations, hotels,::, being paid for driving directions, or In addition, in some cases, the action ^ is auxiliary and can also communicate with the SLP to obtain positioning assistance. For example, (only a private instance of the auxiliary information), roughly 162179.doc 201243375 location, accurate time reference, Information to assist in the acquisition of SPS or terrestrial radio signals, local indoor navigation aids, and SPS ephemeris data to assist in calculating position based on sps measurements. Location estimates may be referred to as position or estimated position. Used synonymously herein. In some examples, an 'external client' may include a SUPL agent. The SUPL agent may indirectly obtain an estimated location of the SET from the mobile device. For example, to obtain an estimated location of the mobile device, SUPL The agent can transmit the message requesting the estimated location to the SLp. After receiving the message from the supL agent, the SLP can initiate the SUp with the mobile device. The L session obtains the estimated location of the mobile device, and the estimated location can then be transmitted from the SLp to the 3 卩扛 proxy. The estimated location can typically be obtained in two ways - (1) where the mobile device is measured (eg, from Measurement of SPS signals and/or terrestrial radio signals of nearby base stations and/or other wireless access points) and measurement is transmitted to the SLP to cause the SLP to calculate the estimated position, or (Η) where the mobile device is as in (1) The sample is measured and the estimated position is calculated from (4), thereby making it possible to use the auxiliary data provided by the SLP (for example, milk star to perform this calculation.) In a specific real money, the mobile device can be associated with, for example, the native SLp ( H_ is associated with the positional ship, and the home position W has a position that is generally applicable to the area where the user device can be positioned between any special (four). Here, regardless of the current position of the mobile device, the mobile device_ Η· SLP communication to obtain various location services, location aids, location-based service information, etc. Two 162179.doc 201243375 However, in some cases φ H-SLP may Having a location-specific service and/or a certain location assistance, such as subsidizing a nursery, etc., to enable the mobile device to obtain navigation assistance examples. ° 'Right-action devices are located at (for example, just a few examples) shopping centers, airport 1 centers, or hospitals. Within the building structure, the H-SLP may (iv) provide auxiliary materials related to the base station and some SPSs outside the building (four), but may not have wireless access points (such as wireless LAN) inside the building structure. The access point or the ultra-micro cell is δίΐ. Under his condition, it is possible to obtain an accurate position estimate for the mobile device, such as 'if the action' can be measured from within the building structure The signal of the wireless access point, but due to the signal attenuation and reflection caused by the (4) structure, cannot be measured or accurately measured from the SPS satellite and the external 4 base station. In some other cases, the H SLP may not know the base station near the mobile device (eg, the mobile device is in a country or area away from the H-SLP), even when the mobile device is outdoors and not within the building structure. Still making position estimation difficult or impossible. Therefore, it may be beneficial to enable the mobile device to obtain some (some) location services, location assistance materials, location-based service information, and the like in some other way. In still other cases, 'maybe', given the location of the mobile device and/or the current operation of the Η-SLP, the HSLp may not be able to assist in providing a particular location service or the like in an appropriate and/or timely manner. Therefore, it may be beneficial to enable the mobile device to obtain some (some) location services, location assistance materials, location-based service information, and the like in some other way. 162179.doc 201243375 [Summary content]
」艮據-態樣’可提供一種供一位置伺服器之一或多個計 算器件使用之方法。該方法可(例如)包含:自—行動W 獲得帛訊息’用於該行動器件之該位置伺服器包含用 於-授權位置伺服器之一代理位置飼服器,該第一訊息指 不一第一位置飼服器集合;至少部分地基於該第—位置词 服器集合而判定一第二位置祠服器集合;及將一第二訊息 傳輸至該行動器件’該第二訊息將該第二位置伺服器集: 指示為被授權用於藉由該行動器件之位置服務有關存取。 根據另-態樣’可提供—種供—行動器件使用之方法。 該方法可(例如)包含:自_授權位置飼服器獲得授權以使 用一位置伺服器作為用於該授權位置伺服器之一代理位置 伺服器;將一第一訊息傳輸至該代理位置伺服器,該第一 訊息指示一第一位置伺服器集合;自該代理位置伺服器獲 得一第二訊息,該第二訊息將一第二位置伺服器集合指示 為被授權用於藉由該行動器件之位置服務有關存取;及存 取來自該第二位置伺服器集合之一或多個位置飼服器以得 到一或多個位置服務。 根據又一態樣,可提供一種供一位置伺服器中使用之裝 置。該裝置可(例如)包含:用於自一行動器件獲得一第一 訊息之構件,用於該行動器件之該位置伺服器包含用於一 授權位置伺服器之一代理位置飼服器,該第—訊息指示一 第一位置伺服器集合;用於至少部分地基於該第一位置伺 服器集合而判定一第二位置词服器集合之構件;及用於將 I62I79.doc 201243375 一第二訊息傳輸至該行動器件之構件,該第二訊息將該第 一位置飼服器集合指示為被授權用於藉由該行動器件之位 置服務有關存取。 根據再其他態樣,可提供一種供一行動器件令使用之裝 置。該裝置可(例如)包含··用於自一授權位置伺服器獲得 授權以使用一位置伺服器作為對該授權位置伺服器之一代 理位置伺服器之構件;用於將一第一訊息傳輸至該代理位 置伺服器之構件,該第一訊息指示一第一位置伺服器集 合;用於自該代理位置伺服器獲得一第二訊息之構件,該 第一讯息將一第二位置伺服器集合指示為被授權用於藉由 該行動器件之位置服務有關存取;及用於存取來自該第二 位置伺服器集合之一或多個位置伺服器以得到一或多個位 置服務之構件。 根據某些另外態樣,可提供一種位置伺服器,其可(例 如)包含.一網路介面;及一或多個處理單元,其用以: 經由該網路介面而自一行動器件獲得一第一訊息,用於該 行動器件之該位置伺服器包含用於一授權位置伺服器之一 代理位置伺服器,該m指示—第—位置祠服器集 合,至少部分地基於該第一位置伺服器集合而判定一第二 位置伺服器集合;及經由該網路介面而起始一第二訊息至 =行動器件之傳輸,該第二訊息將該第二位置飼服器集合 指示為被授權’藉由騎動H件之位置絲有關存取。 根據另-態樣,可(例如)提供一種行動器件,其包含: 或多個介面;及—或多個處理單元,其用以:自一授權 162l79.doc 201243375 位置伺服器獲得授權以使用一位置伺服器作為一代理位置 伺服器;經由該一或多個介面而起始一第一訊息至該代理 位置伺服器之傳輸’該第一訊息指示一第一位置伺服器集 合;經由該一或多個介面而自該代理位置伺服器獲得一第 二訊息,該第二訊息將一第二位置伺服器集合指示為被授 權用於藉由該行動器件之位置服務有關存取;及經由該一 或多個介面而存取來自該第二位置伺服器集合之一或多個 位置伺服器以得到一或多個位置服務。 根據又-態樣’可提供-種製品,其包含—非暫時電腦 可讀媒體,其中儲存有電腦可實施指令,該等電腦可實施 才曰令係藉由一位置伺服器之一或多個處理單元可執行以: 自一行動器件獲得一第一訊息,用於該行動器件之該位置 伺服器包含用於一授權位置伺服器之一代理位置伺服器, 該第一訊息指示一第一位置伺服器集合;至少部分地基於 該第一位置伺服器集合而判定一第二位置伺服器集合;及 起始一第二訊息至該行動器件之傳輸,該第二訊息將該第 一位置词服器集合指示為被授權用於藉由該行動器件之位 置服務有關存取。 根據再一態樣,可提供一種製品,其包含一非暫時電腦 可讀媒體’其中儲存有電腦可實施指令,該等電腦可實施 才曰令係藉由一行動器件中之一或多個處理單元可執行乂 自一授權位置伺服器獲得授權以使用一位置伺服器對 該授權位置伺服器之一代理位置伺服器;起 ^ ^ 第一訊息 至該代理位置伺服器之傳輸,該第一訊息指示— 心 罘—位置 162179.doc •9_ 201243375 词服器集合;自該代理位置伺服器獲得一第二訊息,該第 二訊息將一第二位置伺服器集合指示為被授權用於藉由該 行動器件之位置服務有關存取;及存取來自該第二位置伺 服器集合之一或多個位置伺服器以得到一或多個位置服 務。 【實施方式】 參看以下諸圖來描述非限制性且非獨占式之態樣,其中 類似參考數字貫穿各圖指代類似部件,除非另有指定。 本文描述可經實施以允許行動器件自已被授權以供使用 之一或多個計算器件獲得某一(某些)位置服務等等之各種 技術。 在一特定實施中,諸如由開放行動聯盟(0MA)所闡述之 SUPL(安全使用者平面位置)的使用者平面(up)定位提供一 構架,在該構架内,作為位置服務之部分,可使在行動器 件(例如,SUPL允用終端機(SET))處或在分離位置伺服器 (例如,SUPL定位平台(SLP))處所獲得之位置估計可為其 2實體所得到。使此等位置估計可為其他實體所得到在特 定應用(諸如,提供緊急服務、獲得駕駛方向,或代表另 用戶端使用者來定位一使用者)中可有用。另外,在某 些例子中,行動器件亦可與SLp通信以獲得定位輔助資 料,以幫助獲取及量測信號(例如,自sps衛星及基地台) 及/或輔助根據此等量測來計算位置估計。定位輔助資料 之實例包括(僅僅列舉幾個定位輔助資料實例)針對行動器 件大致所在之處的粗略位置估計、準確時間參考、用㈣ 162179.doc 201243375 助獲取SPS信號之資料、SPS星曆資料、用於可在室内或 室外之個別基地台及/或其他無線存取點之資料(例如,位 置座標、信號時序、信號強度、天線特性)。 在-特定實例中,行動器件(例如,SET)可與諸如本籍 SLP(H-SLP)之本籍位置舰器㈣聯,本籍位置伺服器^ 有通常適用於使用者II件可在任何特定時間被定位之區域 的位置輔助資料。此處’不管SET之當前位置,SET通常 可與其H-SLP通信以獲得定位辅助資料。通常,H_SLp將 屬於用於SET使用者之本籍無線網路或與該本籍無線網路 相關聯,且SET使用者將具有在H_SLp中針對特定位置服 務集合之訂用(例如,向H-SLP請求輔助資料或位置估計之 能力、請求另-SET之位置之能力、週期性地或在進入或 離開特定地理區域時執行位置之能力)。因此,set在其需 要特定位置服務時通常將期望與H_SLp通信(使用supL)。 然而,在特定環境中,H-SLP可能不具有最好定位輔助 資料來使SET用於獲得導航辅助。在一實例中,儘管h_ SLP可具有可用於室外定位之綜合輔助資料(諸如,sps或 基地台年曆及其類似者),但H_SLp可能不具有供室内環境 中使用之定位辅助資料(例如,室内數位地圖、位置、室 内傳輸器之識別碼及無線電特性)。此處,舉例而言,適 用於室内位置之此定位辅助資料可代替地自除了耦接至 SET之H-SLP以外的SLP可得到。在另一實例中,在 遠離H-SLP之區域或鄉村中漫遊時,H_SLp可能不具有適 用於室外基地台及其他室外傳輸器之輔助資料,從而甚至 162179.doc • 11 · 201243375 使室外位置亦有問題。 在一實施中,與關聯Η-SLP通信之SET可發現能夠將以 位置為基礎之服務(諸如,特定定位輔助資料,等等)提供 至SET之本端位置伺服器(例如,已發現SLP(D-SLP)),從 而涵蓋經定位有SET且在Η-SLP處不可得到的區域。此 處,SET可使用若干技術中任一者(諸如,自識別D-SLP且 描述D-SLP之能力的區域網路獲取經廣播信號)來發現D-SLP。或者,在SET本端之網路可在SET附接以得到其他無 線服務(諸如,進行呼叫或附接至網際網路)時提供D-SLP 之識別碼及/或位址,或可在藉由SET請求時提供D-SLP位 址及/或D-SLP識別碼。或者,SET可經組態(例如,藉由本 籍網路或Η-SLP)有與不同地理區域及/或不同伺服網路相 關聯的D-SLP之識別碼及/或位址。或者,SET可向其H-SLP請求D-SLP位址。在一特定實施中,當SET能夠自身找 到或發現D-SLP位址(例如,自本端伺服網路)時,SET可與 其Η-SLP通信以搜尋來自Η-SLP之授權以作為用於自D-SLP 接受或接收位置服務等等的先決條件。在一實施中,若 SET之位置係在藉由D-SLP服務之區域中,則Η-SLP可將授 權提供至SET以自D-SLP獲得位置服務。 在另一實施中,Η-SLP可儲存描述新近識別之D-SLP及/ 或可能地描述新近發現之緊急SLP(E-SLP)的資料,緊急 SLP可支援用於由SET使用者所進行之緊急呼叫之位置服 務。此處,舉例而言,SET可獲取提供D-SLP之識別碼之 經廣播信號。SET接著可將D-SLP之經獲取識別碼轉遞至 162179.doc 12 201243375 H-SLP,且自D-SLP接收(例如)D-SLP之能力概述(例如, D-SLP之描述)以及對存取及獲得位置服務之授權。 如下文更詳細地所描述,在某些實例實施中,一旦—或 多個D-SLP及/或一或多個E-SLP藉由授權位置伺服器(例 如’ H-SLP)授權’一或多個D-SLP及/或一或多個E-SLP就 可充當代理伺服器且自身可各自充當一授權位置飼服器 (例如,代表H-SLP)。因此,在某些條件下,可存在一或 多個授權位置伺服器,一或多個授權位置伺服器中之一或 多者可包含充當用於某其他SLP之代理伺服器之H-SLP、 D-SLP及/或E-SLP。舉例而言,某一 D_SLP r a」可藉由 SET發現且藉由用於SET之H-SLP授權用於某些位置服務。 然而’ D-SLP「A」可能不能夠貫穿H-SLP可能已授權SET 存取D-SLP「A」之地理區域提供適當位置服務(例如,辅 助資料、SET之位置)。在此地理區域内可(例如)存在 SLP「A」不知曉或不完全知曉本端無線電傳輸器、地圖 資訊 '地形資訊等等之某些建築結構或查外區域,由於此 情形,SET可能不能夠自D_SLp「A」接收適當位置服務。 在此等特定區域中,SET可能需要發現更好地能夠提供位 置服務之另一 D_SLP「B」。然而,H-SLP可能不知曉此更 的SLP B」或可能不能夠對其進行授權。舉例而 若H SLP2操作者具有與D-SLP「A」之操作者的商業 關係’但不具有與藉由D_SLp「A」伺服之區域中之其他 操作者的商業關係,則H-SLP可能僅知道D.SLP「A」。然 而,也許有可能*D_SLP「A」知道D_SLp「B」且對D、· 162179.doc •13· 201243375 SLP B」進行授權,此係因為D-SLP「B」處於D-SLP 「A」之一般服務區域内。 如本文所提及之「位置」或「位置估計」可指代與根據 參考點之物件或事物(例如,SET)之行蹤相關聯的資訊。 此處’舉例而言’此位置可表示為諸如緯度及經度之地理 座標。或者,此位置可表示為街道地址、自治區或其他政 府管轄區域、郵政區號及/或其類似者。然而,此等者僅 僅為根據特定實施例可如何表示位置之實例,且所主張主 題在此等方面未受到限制。SET可藉由(例如)使來自若干 (例如,四個或四個以上)衛星傳輸器之虛擬距離量測相關 而至少部分地基於來自衛星定位系統(sps)(諸如,Gps、 Galileo或Glonass)之導航信號來估計SET之位置。或者, 可自混合系統來估計此位置,在混合系統中,自至少如下 各者之組合來判定行動器件之位置:丨)表示在行動器件與 通信系統(例如,基地台、超微型小區、本籍基地台、無 線LAN存取點)之間訊息之行進時間的時間量測·,及⑴表 示SPS信號之行進時間的時間量測。亦可純粹地根據陸地 信號之量測(例如’用於—或多個基地台及無線lan存取 點之信號強度及/或信號時序)以及根據陸地信號量測及 SPS信號量測之組合來判定位置。 如下文更詳細地所描述,根據某些實例實施,行動器件 可自授權位置飼服器獲得授權以繼續使用可充當對授權位 置飼服器之代理位置何服器之另一位置飼服器。在一實例 實施中,授權位置伺服器可為用於行動器件之H_SLP,或 162179.doc 201243375 可為藉由Η-SLP授權以充當授權位置伺服器之位置飼服器 (例如,D-SLP)。在其作為用於授權位置伺服器之代理伺 服器之角色中,代理位置伺服器可進一步將一或多個其他 位置伺服器識別為被授權用於藉由行動器件之位置服務有 關存取。另外,在其作為用於授權位置伺服器之代理伺服 器之角色中,代理位置伺服器可自行動器件進一步獲得資 訊,該資訊係關於隨後可經由藉由代理位置伺服器識別之 位置伺服器中之一或多者而獲得的某些位置服務。 在一實例實施中,一旦行動器件已自授權位置伺服器獲 得授權以繼續使用將充當對授權位置伺服器之代理位置伺 服器之另一位置伺服器,行動器件就可將指示第一位置伺 服器集合之第-訊息傳輸至代理位置飼服器,且在回應時 自代理位置伺服器接收第二訊息,第二訊息將第二位置伺 服器集合指示為被授㈣於藉由行動器件之位置服務有關 存取。第-位置飼服器集合可(例如)識別··⑴代理位置飼 艮器可月b已先刖針對行動器件被授權的—或多個位置飼服 器之集合S1 ; (U)行動器件可寧願被授權的-或多個位置 祠服器之集合S2’其可能地包括行動器件可能已發現、先The method can provide a method for use by one or more computing devices of a location server. The method can, for example, comprise: obtaining an 自 message from the action ‘the location server for the mobile device includes a proxy location feeder for the one of the authorized location servers, the first message a set of positional feeders; determining a second set of server sets based at least in part on the first set of location word processors; and transmitting a second message to the mobile device' Location Server Set: Indicates that it is authorized for access by the location service of the mobile device. According to another aspect, a method of using the mobile device can be provided. The method can, for example, comprise: obtaining an authorization from the authorized location feeder to use a location server as a proxy location server for the authorized location server; transmitting a first message to the proxy location server The first message indicates a first location server set; a second message is obtained from the proxy location server, the second message indicating a second location server set to be authorized for use by the mobile device Location service related access; and access to one or more location feeders from the second location server set to obtain one or more location services. According to yet another aspect, a device for use in a location server can be provided. The apparatus can, for example, comprise: means for obtaining a first message from a mobile device, the location server for the mobile device comprising a proxy position feeder for an authorized location server, the - a message indicating a first set of location servers; means for determining a second set of location vocabularies based at least in part on the first set of location servers; and for transmitting a second message to I62I79.doc 201243375 To the component of the mobile device, the second message indicates the first set of feeder sets to be authorized for access by the location service of the mobile device. According to still other aspects, a device for use with a mobile device can be provided. The apparatus can, for example, comprise: for obtaining authorization from an authorized location server to use a location server as a component of a proxy location server for one of the authorized location servers; for transmitting a first message to a component of the proxy location server, the first message indicating a first location server set; a means for obtaining a second message from the proxy location server, the first message indicating a second location server set To be authorized for access by the location service of the mobile device; and for accessing one or more location servers from the second location server set to obtain one or more location services. According to some additional aspects, a location server can be provided, which can include, for example, a network interface, and one or more processing units for: obtaining a device from a mobile device via the network interface a first message, the location server for the mobile device includes a proxy location server for an authorized location server, the m indicating a first set of location servers, based at least in part on the first location servo Determining a set of second location servers; and initiating transmission of a second message to the mobile device via the network interface, the second message indicating the set of second location feeders to be authorized' Access is achieved by riding the position of the H piece. According to another aspect, a mobile device can be provided, for example, comprising: or a plurality of interfaces; and/or a plurality of processing units for: obtaining authorization from an authorized server 162l79.doc 201243375 location server to use one The location server acts as a proxy location server; initiates transmission of a first message to the proxy location server via the one or more interfaces; the first message indicates a first location server set; via the one or And obtaining, by the plurality of interfaces, a second message from the proxy location server, the second message indicating a second location server set to be authorized for access by the location service of the mobile device; and via the one Accessing one or more location servers from the second set of location servers for access to one or more location services. According to yet another aspect, a product may be provided, comprising: a non-transitory computer readable medium having stored therein computer executable instructions executable by one or more of a location server The processing unit is executable to: obtain a first message from a mobile device, the location server for the mobile device includes a proxy location server for an authorized location server, the first message indicating a first location a set of servers; determining a second set of location servers based at least in part on the first set of location servers; and initiating transmission of a second message to the mobile device, the second message convincing the first location The set of devices is indicated as being authorized for access by the location service of the mobile device. According to still another aspect, an article can be provided, comprising a non-transitory computer readable medium having stored therein computer executable instructions for processing by one or more of a mobile device The unit executables from an authorized location server to obtain authorization to use a location server to proxy the location server to one of the authorized location servers; to transmit the first message to the proxy location server, the first message Indication - 罘 罘 - position 162179.doc • 9_ 201243375 vocabulary collection; a second message is obtained from the proxy location server, the second message indicating a second set of location servers to be authorized for use by the The location of the mobile device is service related; and accessing one or more location servers from the second location server set to obtain one or more location services. [Embodiment] The non-limiting and non-exclusive aspects are described with reference to the following figures, wherein like reference numerals refer to like parts throughout the drawings unless otherwise specified. Various techniques that may be implemented to allow a mobile device to be licensed for use by one or more computing devices to obtain a certain (some) location service, etc., are described herein. In a particular implementation, user plane (UP) positioning, such as the SUPL (Secure User Plane Location) as set forth by the Open Action Alliance (OMA), provides a framework within which the portion of the location service can be The location estimate obtained at a mobile device (eg, a SUPL Granted Terminal (SET)) or at a split location server (eg, a SUPL Positioning Platform (SLP)) may be obtained for its 2 entities. Making such location estimates useful may be useful for other entities in a particular application, such as providing emergency services, obtaining driving directions, or targeting another user to locate a user. Additionally, in some instances, the mobile device can also communicate with the SLp to obtain positioning assistance data to aid in acquiring and measuring signals (eg, from sps satellites and base stations) and/or to assist in calculating position based on such measurements. estimate. Examples of positioning aids include (only a few examples of positioning aids) rough location estimates for mobile devices, accurate time references, data on SPS signals, (SP) 162179.doc 201243375, SPS ephemeris data, Used for data on individual base stations and/or other wireless access points that can be indoors or outdoors (eg, position coordinates, signal timing, signal strength, antenna characteristics). In a particular example, a mobile device (eg, a SET) can be associated with a home location vehicle (four) such as a home SLP (H-SLP), and the home location server can be generally applied to the user's II device at any given time. Location aids for the location of the location. Here, regardless of the current location of the SET, the SET can typically communicate with its H-SLP to obtain positioning assistance. Typically, H_SLp will belong to or be associated with the home wireless network for the SET user, and the SET user will have subscriptions to the specific location service set in H_SLp (eg, request to H-SLP) The ability to assist in the data or location estimation, the ability to request the location of another SET, the ability to perform a location periodically or when entering or leaving a particular geographic area. Therefore, a set will typically expect to communicate with H_SLp (using supL) when it needs a specific location service. However, in certain circumstances, the H-SLP may not have the best positioning aids for the SET to use for navigation assistance. In an example, although h_SLP may have comprehensive auxiliary materials (such as sps or base station almanac and the like) that can be used for outdoor positioning, H_SLp may not have positioning aids for use in indoor environments (eg, indoors) Digital map, location, identification code of indoor transmitter and radio characteristics). Here, for example, the positioning assistance material suitable for the indoor location may instead be obtained from an SLP other than the H-SLP coupled to the SET. In another example, H_SLp may not have auxiliary materials for outdoor base stations and other outdoor transmitters when roaming away from areas or villages of H-SLP, and thus even 162179.doc • 11 · 201243375 something wrong. In an implementation, the SET in communication with the associated Η-SLP may discover that a location-based service (such as a particular location assistance profile, etc.) can be provided to the local location server of the SET (eg, SLP has been discovered (eg, D-SLP)) to cover areas that are located with SET and are not available at the Η-SLP. Here, the SET may discover the D-SLP using any of a number of techniques, such as acquiring a broadcast signal from a local area network that identifies the D-SLP and describes the capabilities of the D-SLP. Alternatively, the network at the SET local end may provide the identification code and/or address of the D-SLP when the SET is attached for other wireless services (such as making a call or attaching to the Internet), or may be borrowing The D-SLP address and/or D-SLP identification code is provided upon request by the SET. Alternatively, the SET may be configured (e.g., via a home network or Η-SLP) with an identification code and/or address of a D-SLP associated with a different geographic area and/or a different servo network. Alternatively, the SET may request a D-SLP address from its H-SLP. In a particular implementation, when the SET is able to find or discover the D-SLP address itself (eg, from the local servo network), the SET can communicate with its Η-SLP to search for authorization from the Η-SLP for use as Prerequisites for D-SLP to accept or receive location services and more. In one implementation, if the location of the SET is in an area served by the D-SLP, the Η-SLP may provide authorization to the SET to obtain location services from the D-SLP. In another implementation, the Η-SLP may store data describing the newly identified D-SLP and/or possibly describing the newly discovered emergency SLP (E-SLP), which may be supported by the SET user. Location service for emergency calls. Here, for example, the SET may acquire a broadcast signal that provides an identification code of the D-SLP. The SET may then forward the D-SLP's acquired identification code to 162179.doc 12 201243375 H-SLP, and receive an overview of the capabilities of the D-SLP from the D-SLP (eg, a description of the D-SLP) and Authorization to access and obtain location services. As described in more detail below, in certain example implementations, once - or multiple D-SLPs and/or one or more E-SLPs are authorized by an authorized location server (eg, 'H-SLP)' or Multiple D-SLPs and/or one or more E-SLPs may act as proxy servers and may each act as an authorized location feeder (eg, representing an H-SLP). Thus, under certain conditions, there may be one or more authorized location servers, one or more of the one or more authorized location servers may include an H-SLP that acts as a proxy server for some other SLP, D-SLP and / or E-SLP. For example, a certain D_SLP r a" may be discovered by the SET and used for certain location services by the H-SLP grant for the SET. However, the 'D-SLP "A" may not be able to provide appropriate location services (e.g., auxiliary material, location of the SET) throughout the geographic area where the H-SLP may have authorized the SET to access the D-SLP "A". In this geographical area, for example, there may be some SRP "A" unaware or not fully aware of some building structures or external areas of the local radio transmitter, map information 'topographic information, etc., due to this situation, the SET may not Ability to receive appropriate location services from D_SLp "A". In such specific areas, the SET may need to find another D_SLP "B" that is better able to provide location services. However, the H-SLP may not be aware of this more SLP B" or may not be able to authorize it. For example, if the H SLP2 operator has a commercial relationship with the operator of the D-SLP "A" but does not have a commercial relationship with other operators in the area served by the D_SLp "A", the H-SLP may only Know D.SLP "A". However, it may be possible that *D_SLP "A" knows D_SLp "B" and authorizes D, · 162179.doc •13· 201243375 SLP B" because D-SLP "B" is in D-SLP "A" Within the general service area. "Position" or "position estimate" as referred to herein may refer to information associated with the whereabouts of an object or thing (e.g., SET) based on a reference point. Here, by way of example, this location can be represented as a geographic coordinate such as latitude and longitude. Alternatively, the location may be represented as a street address, autonomous or other government jurisdiction, a zip code, and/or the like. However, these are merely examples of how locations may be represented in accordance with a particular embodiment, and claimed subject matter is not limited in this respect. The SET may be based, at least in part, on a virtual distance measurement from several (eg, four or more) satellite transmitters based at least in part from a satellite positioning system (sps) (such as Gps, Galileo, or Glonass). The navigation signal estimates the position of the SET. Alternatively, the location can be estimated from a hybrid system in which the location of the mobile device is determined from at least a combination of: 丨) indicated in the mobile device and the communication system (eg, base station, picocell, hometown) The time measurement of the travel time of the message between the base station and the wireless LAN access point), and (1) the time measurement indicating the travel time of the SPS signal. It can also be based purely on the measurement of terrestrial signals (eg 'for signal strength and/or signal timing of multiple base stations and wireless lan access points) and according to combinations of terrestrial signal measurements and SPS signal measurements. Determine the location. As described in more detail below, in accordance with certain example implementations, the mobile device can obtain authorization from the authorized location feeder to continue to use another position feeder that can act as a proxy location for the authorized position feeder. In an example implementation, the authorized location server may be an H_SLP for a mobile device, or 162179.doc 201243375 may be a location feeder (eg, D-SLP) that is authorized by the Η-SLP to act as an authorized location server. . In its role as a proxy server for authorizing location servers, the proxy location server may further identify one or more other location servers as being authorized for access by location services of the mobile device. In addition, in its role as a proxy server for authorizing the location server, the proxy location server can further obtain information from the mobile device regarding the subsequent location server that can be identified by the proxy location server. Some location services obtained by one or more. In an example implementation, the mobile device may indicate the first location server once the mobile device has obtained authorization from the authorized location server to continue to use another location server that will act as a proxy location server to the authorized location server. The first message of the collection is transmitted to the proxy location server, and the second message is received from the proxy location server in response, the second message indicating that the second location server set is granted (four) to serve the location of the mobile device About access. The first-position feeder set can, for example, identify (1) the proxy position feeder can be pre-empted for the mobile device - or a collection of multiple position feeders S1; (U) mobile device can Would prefer to be authorized - or a collection of multiple location servers S2 'which may include mobile devices that may have been discovered, first
前存取及/或以其他方—A nA 万式知曉之位置伺服器;及(fii)行動器 ί牛可此不寧願被授權的一或多個位置伺服器之集合Μ,其 可能地包括行動器件不能存取或先前存取的不提供適當服 務之位置伺服器。在一此 ^ ^ 二貫施中’集合S1中之位置伺服器 中之一或多者可屮祖从此Α ;集s S2或集合S3中。然而,在集合 S1中可能不存在出J目认A A 卞 ;集〇 S2及集合S3兩者中之位置伺服 162179.doc 15 201243375 器。在某些其他例子中,第一位置词服器集合可包含空集 °第一位置伺服器集合可(例如)識別代理位置伺服器授 權以供打動件使用的—或多個位置飼服器。在—些實施 中,第一位置词服器集合可替換藉由代理位置飼服器先前 授權以供行動器件使用之位置伺服器集合S1。在某些例子 中在代理位置伺服器希望重新授權經先前授權位置伺服 器之狀況下,在第一位置伺服器集合中所識別之位置伺服 器中之一或多者亦可包括於第二位置伺服器集合中。在某 些例子中,對使用第二集合中之一或多個位置伺服器之授 權可為有條件的,例如,基於與時間、位置、服務等等有 關之各種參數。在已獲得第二位置伺服器集合的情況下, 行動器件可選擇性地存取其中所識別之此等「經授權」位 置伺服器中之一或多者以得到一或多個位置服務。 根據某些實例實施,本文所提供之技術可應用於具有藉 由如下各者表示之授權位置伺服器的環境中:本籍SuPL 定位平台(H-SLP)之全部或部分、已發現8111^定位平台(D_ SLP)之全部或部分、緊急suPL定位平台(E_SLP)之全部或 部分,及/或其某類似組合。另外,在某些實例實施中, 代理位置伺服器可包含D_SLP及/或匕乩?,且第一位置伺 服器集合及/或第二位置伺服器集合中之至少一位置飼服 器可包含D-SLP及/或E-SLP »另外,在某些實例實施中, 行動器件可包含SUPL允用終端機(SET)。 因此’在某些實例實施中,第一訊息可包含SUpl START訊息、SUPL REPORT訊息及/或其類似者,且第二 162179.doc • 16 - 201243375 訊息可包含SUPL END訊息、SUPL TRIGGERED STOP訊 息及/或其類似者。在某些例子中,第一訊息可(例如)進一 步指示可藉由代理位置伺服器在將第二位置伺服器集合中 之一或多個位置伺服器識別為被授權時所考慮的行動器件 之粗略經估計位置及/或其類似者。在某些例子中,第一 訊息可(例如)進一步指示可用於供行動器件使用之一或多 個存取網路,其可藉由代理位置伺服器在將第二位置伺服 器集合中之一或多個位置伺服器識別為被授權時考慮。在 某些例子中,第一訊息可(例如)進一步指示定位品質(Q〇p) 參數及/或其類似者,其可與一或多個所要位置服務有關 且因此可藉由代理位置伺服器在將第二位置伺服器集合中 之一或多個位置伺服器識別為被授權時考慮。 在某些其他實例實施中,第一位置伺服器集合可包含及/ 或以其他方式識別被先前授權(例如,藉由授權位置伺服 器、目前或某其他代理位置伺服器,等等)用於位置服務 有關存取之一或多個位置伺服器。在某些實例實施中,第 位置伺服器集合可包含及/或以其他方式識別出於某原 因而對行動器件可能或可能不較佳之一或多個位置伺服 器。 在某些實例實施中,第二訊息可進一步指示針對可經授 權用於經由第二位置伺服器集合之存取之位置服務的存取 偏好(例如,與代理位置伺服器相關聯”在某些實例實施 中’第二訊息可進一步指示優先級排序及/或一或多個優 先級參數’其可藉由行動器件在選擇性地存取第二位置飼 162179.doc 201243375 服器集合中之一或多個位置伺服器時考慮。 在某些實例實施中,第二訊息可進一步指示某一操作及/ 或有條件資訊’其可藉由行動器件在選擇性地存取第二位 置伺服器集合中之一或多個位置伺服器時考慮。舉例而 言’在某些例子中,第二訊息可進一步指示可適用於第二 位置词服器集合中之經授權位置伺服器中之一或多者的服 務持續時間、服務區域,及/或其他類似資訊或其某組 合。舉例而言,在某些例子中,第二訊息可進一步包含或 以其他方式指示可用於供行動器件使用之存取網路清單之 全部或部分’例如’該等存取網路中之一者應藉由行動器 件存取以作為用於存取特定經授權位置伺服器之條件。在 某些實例實施中,第二訊息可進一步指示某些控制參數及/ 或其類似者’其可藉由行動器件在判定是否聯絡或以其他 方式存取某些位置伺服器時考慮。舉例而言,最小再試週 期可指示應在行動器件將第一訊息重新傳輸至代理位置伺 服器之前經過的最小或另外期望時間週期。 如所提及,在某些實例實施中,行動器件可將一或多個 後續訊息傳輸至代理位置伺服器,一或多個後續訊息指示 行動器件已自經授權位置伺服器中之一或多者(例如,在 第二位置伺服器集合中)存取一或多個位置服務之全部或 部分。藉由一些非限制性實例,後續訊息可回應於行動器 件存取第二位置伺服器集合中之經授權位置伺服器而第_ 次被傳輸’及/或在存取第二位置伺服器集合中之另—位 置伺服器之後第一次被傳輸。 162179.doc •18- 201243375 在某些實例實施中,提供可藉由可能已被授權用作授權 位置伺服器之代理位置伺服器之位置伺服器之一或多個計 算益件使用的技術。舉例而言,代理位置伺服器可自行動 器件獲得第-訊息’用於行動器件之位置伺服器包含用於 授權位置伺服器之代理位置伺服器。此處,舉例而言,如 以上實例所提及’第一訊息可指示第一位置伺服器集合。 代理位置伺服器可(例如)至少部分地基於第一位置伺服器 集合而判定第二位置伺服器集合,且將第二訊息傳輸至行 動器件。舉例而言,第二訊息可指示第二位置伺服器集合 被授權用於藉由行動器件之位置服務有關存取。 自本文之實例應理解,在某些實例實施中,也許有可能 使複數個位置伺服器被授權作為用於授權位置伺服器之代 理位置伺服器。因& ’舉例而言,在某些例子中,授權位 置伺服器可對一或多個代理位置伺服器進行授權。另外, 舉例而言,在某些例子中,此等代理位置伺服器中之一或 多者自身可將一或多個其他位置伺服器授權作為用於原始 授權位置伺服器之代理位置伺服器及/或代理位置伺服器 自身。 關注圖1,圖1為根據一實施的說明包括行動器件之 實例環境100的示意性方塊圖,行動器件104用於存取可藉 由一或多個計算器件102/130提供之某些位置服務134及/或 其他類似資訊。在此實财,(多個)計算器件102可表示授 權位置伺服器,且(多個)其他計算器件13〇可表示一或多個 經授權位置伺服器,一或多個經授權位置伺服器中之一或 I62179.doc •19· 201243375 多者可藉由(多個)計算器件102授權作為代理位置伺服器。 儘管圖1中未圖示說明,但應理解,(多個)計算器件ι〇2可 包含一或多個位置服務134,及/或(多個)其他計算器件13〇 可包含裝置112。 在δ己住此情形的情況下,如所說明,行動器件1 〇4可包 含裝置110,裝置11 〇可至少部分地用以經由一或多個網路 120而起始第一訊息至計算器件1〇2之裝置112之傳輸。如 所提及,舉例而言,第一訊息可包含或以其他方式指示第 位置祠服器集合及/或其他潛在有用資訊。計算器件1 〇2 之裝置112可(例如)經由一或多個網路丨2〇而起始第二訊息 至行動器件104之裝置110之傳輸。再次,如先前所提及, 第二訊息可(例如)包含或以其他方式指示可被授權用於對 位置服務之存取及/或被授權作為用於授權位置伺服器之 代理位置伺服器之第二位置伺服器集合。 在此實例47,行動器件104經說明為經由無線通信鏈路 122而與(多個)網路120通信,且(多個)計算器件1〇2及(多 個)其他計算器件1 30各自經說明為分別經由有線通信鏈路 103及131而與(多個)網路120通信。應理解,在某些實施 中’有線通信鏈路103及/或131可表示無線通信鏈路,及/ 或無線通信鏈路1 22可表示有線通信鏈路β (多個)網路120可表示一或多個通信及/或計算網路,及/ 或支援該或該等網路之其他資源。舉例而言,(多個)網路 1 20可包含一或多個電信網路、一或多個陸地通信網路、 一或多個蜂巢式通信網路、一或多個有線或無線廣域網 162179.doc •20- 201243375 路、一或多個衛星通信網路、網際網路,及/或其類似者 或其某組合。(多個)網路120可(例如)包含可支援適用之有 線及/或無線通信鏈路之複數個傳輸器件。因此,(多個)網 路120可包含關於行動器件1〇4、(多個)計算器件1〇2及/或 (多個)其他汁算器件130的各種類型之存取網路。 圖1亦說明:在某些例子令,行動器件104可自一或多個 傳輸器件140接收-或多個無線信號142。(多個)傳輸器件 140可表示與(多個)網路12〇之全部或部分、一或多個位置 務3 4之王。卩或部分及/或其類似者或其某組合相關聯的 一或多個傳輸器件。因此,舉例而言,(多個)傳輸器件14〇 可表示或夕個蜂巢式基地台及/或其類似者、一或多個 無線區域網路(WLAN)存取點及/或其類似者、一或多個本 籍基地台及/或其類似者、—或多個位置信標及/或其類似 者’等等。無線信號U2可(例如)表示可至少部分地用於估 什行動器件104之位置之無線信號。相似地如某些實例 實施所說明’行動器件104可自—或多個邮⑼獲得一或 多個無線信號152。因此’舉例而言,sps 15〇可表示與全 球衛星導航系統(GNSS)及/或其類似者(諸如,美國全球定 位系統(GPS)、歐洲Galile〇系統或俄國⑴⑽咖系統)相關聯 的mu空間為基礎及/或以陸地為基礎之傳輸器 件因此,在某些情況下,行動器件1〇4可(例如)使用各種 已知技術而在估計其位置時使用—或多個無線信號職/ 或 152。 接下來關注圖2,圖2為根據一實施的說明實例計算平台 162179.doc 21 201243375 _之某些特徵的示意性方塊圖,計算平台細可經提供為 d 胃件1〇2之部分及/或提供為(多個)其他計算器 件m之部分(例如,如在圖!中一樣)。因此,舉例而言, -十算平。200可包含裝置112,及/或可能地提供及/或以其 他方式支援某些位置服務134。 如所說明’計算平台2〇〇可包含經由一或多個連接渴而 耦接至記憶體204之一或多個處理單元2〇2,一 單元-用以執行資料處理(例如,根據本文所 術W多個)處料元202可(例如)以硬體或硬體與軟體之 組合予以實施。(多個)處理單元202可(例如)表示可組態以 執行資料計算程序之至少一部分之一或多個電路。藉由實 /而非限制’處理單兀可包括一或多個處理器、控制器、 ㈣理器、微控制器、特殊應用積體電路、數位信號處理 盗、可程式化邏輯器件、場可程式化閘陣列,及其類似 者’或其任何組合。 記憶體204可表示任何資料儲存機構。記憶體2〇4可包括 (例如)主要记憶體204—丨及/或次要記憶體^主要記憶 體20“可包含(例如)隨機存取記憶體、唯讀記憶體:‘ 等。儘管在此實例中經說明為與處理單元分離,但應理 解’主要記憶體之全部或部分可提供於(多個)處理單元2〇2 内或提供於計算器件102内之其他類似電路内,或以其他 方式與(多個)處理單元加共同定位㉝接或與計算器件1〇2 :之其他類似電路共同定位/麵接。次要記憶體2〇4_2可包 3 (例如)與主要記憶體相同或相似類型之記憶體及/或一或 162I79.doc •22· 201243375 多個資料儲存器件或系統,諸如,磁碟機、光碟機、磁帶 機、固態記憶體驅動機,等等。在某些實施中,次要記憶 體可操作性地接納或以其他方式可組態以耦接至(非暫時) 電腦可讀媒體270。記憶體204及/或電腦可讀媒體27〇可包 含用於如本文所提供之某些實例技術之電腦可實施指令 272。 ^ 如圖2所說明,在各種時間,記憶體204可儲存表示用於 如本文所提供之某些實例技術之資料及/或電腦可實施指 令的某些信號》舉例而言,記憶體2〇4可儲存用於裝置^ 之資料及/或電腦可實施指令,及/或(多個)位置服務134。 藉由另外實例,在各種時間,記憶體2〇4可儲存表示關於 如下各者之代表性資料及/或指令:第一位置伺服器集合 220第一位置伺服器集合222、(例如,行動器件1〇4之)經 估計位置224、Q0P參數226、一或多個經先前授權位置伺 服器228 ' -或多個偏好位置伺服器謂…或多個非偏好 位置飼服器232、-或多個位置飼服器位址234、—或多個 存取偏好236、一或多個優先級參數及/或優先級排序 238、一或多個伺服持續時間24〇、一或多個服務區域 242 或夕個伺服網路244、一或多個再試週期246,及/ 或其類似者或其某組合。 如圖所示’計算平台2〇〇可(例如)包含一或多個無線/網 路介面208 (夕個)無線/網路介面可(例如)提供接收及/ 或傳輸有線及/或無線信號之能力,例如,經由(多個)網路 120(圖1)而通信。因此, M此’舉例而s ’在某些例子中,(多 162179.doc •23· 201243375 個)無線/網路介面208可包含如適用於支援特定通信鏈路之 一或多個接收器210及/或一或多個傳輸器212。 接下來關注圖3’圖3為根據一實施的說明可藉由行動器 件104提供之實例計算平台3〇〇之某些特徵的示意性方塊 圖,行動器件104用於存取可藉由一或多個計算器件 102/130(圖1)提供之某些位置服務134及/或其他類似資 訊0 如所說明,計算平台300可包含經由一或多個連接3〇6而 耦接至記憶體304之一或多個處理單元3〇2,一或多個處理 單元302用以執行資料處理(例如,根據本文所提供之技 術)。(多個)處理單元302可(例如)以硬體或硬體與軟體之 組合予以實施。(多個)處理單元3〇2可(例如)表示可組態以 執行資料計算程序之至少-部分之或多個電路。藉由實 例而非限制,處理單元可包括一或多個處理器、控制器、 微處理窃、微控制器、特殊應用積體電路、數位信號處理 器、可程式化邏輯器件、場可程式化閘陣列,及其類似 者’或其任何組合。 記憶體304可表示任何資料儲存機構。記憶體3〇4可台 (例如)主要記憶體3〇4]及/或次要記憶體304-2。主要气 可包含(例如)隨機存取記憶體、唯讀記憶體, 。儘管在此實例中經說明為與處理單元分離,但應 ’主要記憶體之全部或部分可提供於(多個)處理單元: ^或提供於行動器件104内之其他類似電路内或以立 式與(多個)處理單元302共同定位/耗接或與行動器件i 162I79.d〇c ·24· 201243375 =之其他類似電路共同定位/搞接。次要記憶體取·2可包 (J如)與主要圮憶體相同或相似類型之記憶體及/戋— 多個資料儲存器件或系、統,諸如,磁碟機、光碟機·;磁^ 機固態s己憶體驅動機,等等。在某些實施中,次要記情 體可%作性地接納或以其他方式可組態以耦接至(非暫時) ^腦可讀媒體370。記憶體3〇4及/或電腦可讀媒體37〇可包 s用於如本文所提供之某些實例技術之電腦可實施 372。 7 如圖3所說明,在各種時間,記憶體304可儲存表示用於 如本文所提供之某些實例技術之資料及/或電腦可實施指 令的某些信號。舉例而言,記憶體3〇4可儲存用於裝置ιι〇 之資料及/或電腦可實施指令。藉由實例’在各種時間, §己憶體304可儲存表示關於如下各者之代表性資料及/或指 令:第一位置伺服器集合22〇,、第二位置伺服器集合 222’、經估計位置224,、Q〇p參數226•、一或多個經先前授 權位置祠服器228’、一或多個偏好位置伺服器23〇,、一或 多個非偏好位置伺服器232,、一或多個位置伺服器位址 234 或夕個存取偏好23 6’、一或多個優先級參數及/或 優先級排序238’、一或多個服務持續時間24〇,、一或多個 服務區域242·、一或多個伺服網路244ι、一或多個再試週 期246',及/或其類似者或其某組合。儘管用於某些資料項 目及/或指令之相同參考數字已用於圖2及圖3中之前述實 例實施中’但此情形係僅僅為了可讀性目的而進行。因 此,應記住’在某些例子中’更多此等資料項目及/或指 162179.doc -25- 201243375 令中之一者可能不同。因此,圖3所說明之實例資料項目 及/或指令係使用撇號符號予以進一步參考,以指示此等 資料項目及/或指令可能不同於圖2中的相似參考之資料項 目及/或指令。 如圖所示,行動器件104可(例如)包含無線介面3〇8。無 線介面308可(例如)提供接收及/或傳輸有線及/或無線信號 之能力,例如,經由(多個)網路丨2〇而通信,及/或自一或 多個傳輸器器件140獲得無線信號142,及/或自一或多個 SPS 150(圓1)獲得無線信號152。無線介面3〇8可包含—或 多個介面’其可能地包括(但不限於)用於廣域網路(Wan) 之介面(諸如,GSM、UMTS、CDMA、LTE、WCDMA及 CDMA 2000) ’及用於個人區域網路(PAN)之介面(諸如, WiFi及藍芽)。亦應理解,可存在可同時地或個別地使用 之多個無線介面及/或有線介面3〇8。實際上,應記住,在 某些實施中’行動器件可使用有線介面(例如,乙太網 路、DSL、纜線,等等)以存取supL技術。在某些實施 中’無線介面308亦可同時地及/或交替地充當接收器器件 (及/或收發器器件),以自一或多個傳輸器件獲取信號 142/152(圖1)以供定位及/或其他定位/導航服務中使用。在 某些實例實施中,無線介面3〇8亦可表示一或多個有線網 路介面。如所說明,(多個)無線介面308可包含一或多個接 收器310及/或一或多個傳輸器312。 藉由再另外實例,(多個)無線介面308、(多個)有線/無 線介面208及/或(多個)網路12〇之全部或部分可經組態以供 162179.doc • 26 · 201243375 諸如無線廣域網路(WWAN)、無線區域網路(WLAN)、無 線個人區域網路(WPAN)等等之各種無線通信網路使用。 術語「網路」及「系統」在本文中可被互換地使用。 WWAN可為分碼多重存取(CDMA)網路、分時多重存取 (TDMA)網路、分頻多重存取(FDMA)網路、正交分頻多重 存取(OFDMA)網路、單載波分頻多重存取(SC-FDMA)網 路,等等^ CDMA網路可實施一或多種無線電存取技術 (RAT),諸如(僅僅列舉幾種無線電技術),cdma2000、寬 頻CDMA(W-CDMA)、分時同步分碼多重存取(TD-SCDMA)。 此處,cdma2000可包括根據電信工業協會(TIA)IS-95、IS-2000及IS-856標準而實施之技術。TDMA網路可實施全球 行動通信系統(GSM)、數位進階行動電話系統(D-AMPS), 或某其他RAT » GSM及W-CDMA被描述於來自名稱為「第 三代合作夥伴計劃」(3GPP)之協會的文件中。cdma2000被 描述於來自名稱為「第三代合作夥伴計劃2」(3GPP2)之協 會的文件中。3GPP及3GPP2文件係公開可得到的。舉例而 言,WLAN可包括IEEE 802.llx網路,且WPAN可包括藍 芽網路、IEEE 802.1 5x。無線通信網路可包括所謂下一代 技術(例如,「4G」),諸如,3GPP長期演進(LTE)、3GPP LTE 進階、IEEE 802_16 WiMAX、3GPP2 超行動寬頻 (UMB) ’及/或其類似者。另外,如所說明’本文所提供之 技術亦可至少部分地實施於支援SUPL技術之環境中》 如圖所示,計算平台3 00可包含一或多個輸入/輸出單元 314。輸入/輸出單元314可(例如)包含一或多個使用者介 162179.doc -27- 201243375 面,諸如,小鍵盤、觸控勞幕、各種按紐、各種指示器、 顯示勞幕、揚聲器、麥克風、投影儀、攝影機、振動機 構等等。在某些實例實施令,輸入/輸出單元31何包含 -或多個慣性感測器(例如’加速度計、迴轉儀,等等)、 -或多個環境感測器(例如,溫度計、氣壓計、磁力計, 等等)。 計算平台300可採取行動器件1〇4之形式,行動器件ι〇4 表示可在環境1〇〇内到處移動之任何電子器件。舉例而 言,行動器件104可包含手持型計算及/或通信器件,諸 如’行動電話、智慧型電話、膝上型電腦、平板電腦、定 位/導航器件、追蹤器件’及/或其類似者或其某组合。在 某些實例實施中’行動器件1〇4可為電路板、電子晶片等 等之部分。行動器件104可被稱為行動終端機、終端機、 行動台、行動設備或使用者設備。 接下來關注圖4,圖4為說明可(例如)提供於圖丨之環境 100内或經提供為圖1之環境100之部分之實例環境4〇〇的示 意性方塊圖。根據一貫施,環境4〇〇可(例如)經提供以使用 複數個SUPL定位平台(SLP)(例如,406、409及410)來支援 SUPL技術,該複數個SUPL定位平台(SLp)供表示為如孔 允用終端機(SET)402之行動器件使用。如所提及,圖 (多個)網路120可包含一或多個網路,在此實例中,該一或 多個網路可包括用於SET 402之本籍網路404,及/或一或 多個存取網路408。存取網路408中之一或多個網路可充當 用於SET 402之伺服網路且提供通信服務,諸如,發起及 162179.doc •28- 201243375 接收語音及資料呼叫之能力、存取網際網路之能力,及連 接至SLP 406、409及41 0之能力。本籍網路404可為set 402經永久地註冊及訂用以得到藉由存取網路4〇8提供之通 信服務的網路。在一些狀況下,SET 402可存取本籍網路 404,在該狀況下,本藉網路404變為存取網路4〇8中之一 者。儘管使用分離之雲圖示(如互連虛線所說明)予以說 明,但本籍網路404及一或多個存取網路4〇8可以某方式互 連及/或以其他方式可操作地通信。本籍網路4〇4可能或可 能不與一或多個存取網路408共用某些共同涵蓋區域,且 存取網路408可能或可能不彼此共用某些共同涵蓋區域。 因此’時常,SET 402可處於某些網路而非其他網路之涵 蓋區域内之位置。 SET 402可對應於圖1中之行動器件1〇4(例如,為圖 之行動器件104之特定實例)。H_SLP 4〇6可對應於圖i中之 (多個)計算器件102。代理伺服器SLp 4〇9及d-SLP或E_SLp 410可對應於圖丨中之其他計算器件13〇。(多個)存取網路 408及本籍網路4〇4可對應於圖i中之(多個)網路12〇。儘管 SET 402在圖4中經展示為具有對本籍網路4〇4及(多個)存 取網路408兩者之無線存取,但SET 402可在任何特定時間 具有僅對本籍網路4〇4或僅對(多個)存取網路4〇8中之一個 網路之直接無線或有線存取。在此狀況下,SET 4〇2可存 取附接至如下網路或與如下網路相關聯之實體:SET 4〇2 不具有經由來自(多個)存取網路408或本籍網路404之通信 而對》亥荨網路之直接存取。此通信可經由圖4中未圖示之 162179.doc -29- 201243375 其他網路(諸如,網際網路)而傳送。 H-SLP 406可為供訂用SET 402以使用SUPL(諸如,輔助 資料之傳送及SET 402位置之判定)來接收位置服務的 81^。代理伺服器31^ 409及〇-31^或£-81^410可為相比 於H-SLP 406能夠在某些區域中將更好位置服務提供至SET 402之SLP,且可經授權以提供此等位置服務,如下文進一 步所描述* 在此實例中,SET 402可(例如)經由本籍網路404而將第 一訊息420傳輸至H-SLP 406。如先前所提及,第一訊息 420可包含及/或以其他方式識別第一位置伺服器集合。亦 如所提及,在某些例子中,第一位置伺服器集合可包含空 集合。H-SLP 406可(例如)至少部分地基於第一位置伺服 器集合而判定第二位置伺服器集合。H-SLP 406可(例如) 使用本籍網路404而將第二訊息424傳輸至SET 402。此 處,舉例而言,將假定第二訊息424包含及/或以其他方式 識別包括SLP 409之第二位置伺服器清單,該等位置伺服 器可使用一或多個存取網路408予以存取’如被授權用於 藉由SET 402之存取。 在此實例中,SLP 409可表示D-SLP及/或E-SLP ’且其在 第二訊息424中被授權以充當用於H-SLP 406之代理位置伺 服器。因此,在已自Η-SLP 4〇6接收授權的情況下’ SET 402可起始額外訊息傳遞以經由〆或多個存取網路408或經 由本籍網路404而進一步存取「代理伺服器」SLP 409。舉 例而言,SET 402稍後可將指示第一位置祠服器集合之第 162179.doc •30- 201243375 一訊息430發送至代理伺月艮器SLP 409。代理伺服器SLP 409可(例如)至少部分地基於第一位置伺服器集合而判定第 二位置伺服器集合,且(例如)使用一或多個存取網路408或 本籍網路404而將第二訊息434傳輸至SET 402。此處,舉 例而言,將假定第二訊息434包含及/或以其他方式識別第 二位置伺服器清單,該第二清單包括被授權(藉由代理伺 服器SLP 409)用於藉由SET 402之存取之SLP 410。 根據某些實施,已存取SLP 409之SET 402可傳達出此經 授權存取係使用一或多個後續訊息426而發生,一或多個 後續訊息426可經由本籍網路404而傳輸至H-SLP 406。 已在第二訊息434中自代理伺服器SLP 409接收對存取 SLP 410之授權的SET 402稍後可選擇性地存取SLP 410, 例如,以獲得適用之位置服務,等等。因此,舉例而言, 可進行一或多個SUPL會話及/或其類似者,可經由該一或 多個SUPL會話及/或其類似者而獲得SET 402之經估計位置 及/或將SET 402之經估計位置以其#方式選擇性地提供至 在SET 402内部之SUPL代理(圖4中未圖示)或(例如)經由 SLP 410及/或(多個)其他支援網路而提供至外部SUPL代理 412。當SUPL代理 <系在SET 402内咅p日夺,SET 402可起始與 SLP 410之SUPL會話以獲得位置估計,且SET 402可能需 要驗證出特定位置服務(例如,獲得針對内部SUPL代理之 位置估計)係藉由代理伺服器SLP 409針對SLP 410被授 權。當位置估計被代替地提供至外部SUPL代理412時, SLP 410可起始與SET 402之SUPL會話(以便獲得位置估 162179.doc -31 - 201243375 st ),且SET 402可能需要驗證出特定位置服務(例如,代 表外部SUPL代理來獲得位置估計)係藉由代理伺服器SLp 409授權。 根據某些實施’已存取SLP 41 〇(例如,以得到上文所描 述之實例服務)之SET 402可傳達出此經授權存取係使用一 或多個後續机息436而發生’一或多個後續訊息436可經由 一或多個存取網路408而傳輸至代理伺服器SLp々op或H-SLP 406或該兩個SLP ° 接下來關注圖5,圖5為根據一實施的說明用於計算器件 130(例如,如在圖1中一樣)及/或代理伺服器sLp 4〇9(例 如’如在圖4中一樣)之程序或方法5〇〇之某些特徵的流程 圖。 在實例區塊502處,可藉由位置伺服器自行動器件獲得 第一訊息’用於行動器件之位置伺服器包含對授權位置祠 服器之代理位置伺服器。此處,舉例而言,第一訊息可包 含或以其他方式指示第一位置伺服器集合。然而,如所提 及’在某些例子中,第一位置伺服器集合可包含空集合。 應理解’在某些例子中’如本文所使用之第一訊息可包含 一或多個經傳輸訊息。 在實例區塊504處,可至少部分地基於第一位置飼服器 集合而判定第二位置伺服器集合。在某些實例實施中,在 區塊506處,在區塊504處之判定可進一步考慮額外資訊, 諸如,行動器件之經估計位置、可用於供行動器件使用之 一或多個存取網路、Q〇P參數,及/或其類似者或其某組 162179.doc •32· 201243375 合。在某些例子中,在區塊508處,可獲得行動器件之經 估計位置》 ' 在實例區塊510處,可將第二訊息傳輸至行動器件,第 二訊息將第二位置伺服器集合指示為被授權用於藉由行動 器件之位置服務有關存取。在某些實例實施中, 甘b塊 512處,第二訊息可進一步指示存取偏好、優先級排序、 服務持續時間、服務區域、某些存取網路、最小再試週 期’及/或其類似者或其某組合。應理解,在某此例子 1 ,如本文所使用之第二訊息可包含一或多個經傳輸訊 息。 在實例區塊514處,可自行動器件獲得後續訊息,後續 訊息指示藉由行動器件對經授權位置伺服器之至少一位置 服務有關存取之發生。 接下來關注圖6,圖6為根據一實施的說明用於行動器件 1〇4(例如,如在圖1中一樣)及/或SET 4〇2(例如,如在圖* 中說明)之程序或方法600之某些特徵的流程圖。 在實例區塊602處,可自授權位置伺服器(例如,圖斗中 之H-SLP 406)獲得授權以使用為用於授權位置伺服器之代 理位置伺服器之位置伺服器(例如,圖4中之SLp 4〇9)。藉 由實例,可經由包含及/或以其他方式識別一或多個位置 伺服集合之一或多個訊息而自授權位置伺服器獲得授 權。 在實例.區塊604處,可將第—訊息傳輸至代理位置伺服 器,第一訊息指示第一位置伺服器集合。在某些實施中, 162179.doc •33· 201243375 第一位置伺服器集合可包含空集合。另外,在某些實施 中,第一訊息可包含可藉由代理位置伺服器考慮之額外資 訊。如本文所使用,此第一訊息可包含一或多個經傳輸訊 息。 在實例區塊606處,可自代理位置伺服器獲得第二訊 息,第二訊息將第二位置伺服器集合指示為被授權用於藉 由行動器件之位置服務有關存取。如本文所使用,此第二 訊息可包含一或多個經傳輸訊息。 在實例區塊608處,可選擇性地存取來自第二位置伺服 器集合之一或多個位置伺服器以得到一或多個位置服務及/ 或其他類似形式資訊》 在實例區塊610處,可將後續訊息傳輸至代理位置伺服 器及/或授權位置伺服器,後續訊息指示藉由行動器件對 經授權位置伺服器之至少一位置服務有關存取之發生。如 本文所使用,此後續訊息可包含一或多個經傳輸訊息。 據預期,SLP(例如,D-SLP及/或E-SLP)之發現可以多種 不同方式發生,該等方式包括(但不限於)藉由使用者之數 位發現(例如,經由web遨遊、掃描qR碼,等等)。發現亦 可來自H-SLP或以其他方式藉由h-SLP支援。舉例而言, H-SLP可··在藉由SET查詢時提供D SLp位址或其他類似識 別符;將SET重新導向至D-SLP ;轉譯及/或驗證已經藉由 SET發現之d-SLP位址或其他類似識別符(例如,經由查詢/ 回應機構)。在某些例子中’發現可來自存取網路之一或 多個資源或以其他方式藉由存取網路之一或多個資源支 162179.doc •34· 201243375 援。舉例而言,存取網路可在使用者附接(例如,使用LTE 附接接受訊息)時提供D-SLP位址或其他類似識別符,及/ 或可允許SET經由DHCP及/或其類似者而查詢此D-SLP位 址或其他類似識別符。在另一實例中,與存取網路相關聯 之固定格式D-SLP位址及/或類似識別符(例如,含有用於 存取網路之行動國家代碼識別符及行動網路代碼識別符) 亦可經定義成相似於用於經由DNS及/或其類似者之發現之 SUPL中之預設E-SLP位址的固定格式D-SLP位址及/或類似 識別符。 藉由SET發現及/或藉由H-SLP或代理伺月艮器D-SLP授權 之D-SLP或E-SLP之位址可為類似於全合格網域名稱 (FQDN)之全域唯一位址,或可為IP位址,或可為特定(例 如,已知或預設)網路或通信技術所特有之位址。 先前方法亦可用以在可能之緊急呼叫之前發現或驗證E-SLP位址。因此,舉例而言,吾人可考慮將D-SLP及E-SLP 當作本端SLP之不同變體。因而,本端SLP接著可充當D-SLP或E-SLP或其兩者。 本文所提供之技術亦可提供額外Η-SLP支援。舉例而 言,在驗證或提供經授權D-SLP之位址或類似識別符時, Η-SLP可提供某些限定,例如,以進一步保護SET使用 者。舉例而言,可提供SET可存取D-SLP之時間週期。舉 例而言,可提供SET必須駐留以便存取D-SLP之地理區域 或類似區域集合。舉例而言,可提供可供SET存取D-SLP 之一或多個存取網路。舉例而言,可識別D-SLP被允許提 162179.doc •35- 201243375 供之服務集合(例如,若網路被起始,則其他服務可被SET 抵制)。若此等所提供實例條件中之一或多者不再適用, 則SET可向H-SLP請求針對類似識別符之新D-SLP位址,及/ 或可能地具備新D-SLP位址。在某些例子中,H-SLP可將 關於隱私程度之資訊提供至SET以期望D-SLP—例如,其 可識別可能或可能不被當地法規允許之位置服務及/或其 他類似資訊。 本文所提供之某些技術可進一步有益於H-SLP或以其他 方式提供其額外控制。舉例而言,H-SLP可將D-SLP位址 或其他類似識別符提供至SET或驗證D_SLP位址或其他類 似識別符,同時SET在如下區域中漫遊:在該區域中,H-SLP不能適當地支援位置(例如,在外國或在本籍搡作者不 具有良好涵蓋之圍封區域中)。舉例而言,若本籍操作者 與其他操作者之團體成為夥伴,使得每一操作者針對所有 操作者之用戶在其自己的涵蓋區域内提供位置支援,則H-SLP可將D-SLP位址或其他類似識別符提供至SET或驗證D-SLP位址或其他類似識別符。另外,在某些例子中,H-SLP可控制SET可存取D-SLP之時間長度、許可存取之地理 區域,及/或可供允許存取之存取網路集合。另外,在某 些例子中,H-SLP可查詢SET以驗證D-SLP是否已針對SET 被授權且可能地撤銷對存取此D-SLP之許可一例如,若D-SLP在H-SLP處於非服務中的同時藉由代理伺服器D-SLP指 派,但H-SLP現在返回處於服務中。 本文所提供之某些技術可允許應用某些安全性技術。舉 162179.doc -36- 201243375 例而言,在某些實施中,公開密鑰憑證可藉由SET使用以 關於H-SLP來鑑認D-SLP。舉例而言,如此進行可幫助驗 證出D-SLP擁有藉由H-SLP提供或驗證之位址,及/或以其 他方式藉由H-SLP建立D-SLP之可信任度。在另一實例 中,若D-SLP提供者具有與3GPP/3GPP2 H-SLP提供者之關 係,則D-SLP可使用3GPP通用啟動載入架構(GBA)方法以 鑑認SET。在其他實例中,D-SLP可使用用戶端側器件憑 證(關於H-SLP)以鑑認SET,例如,關於H-SLP來使用相同 或相似方法以繫結使用者與器件識別碼。在再其他實例實 施中,SUPL替代用戶端鑑認(ACA)可藉由D-SLP使用以驗 證SET IP位址匹配於已知SET識別碼(若D-SLP屬於存取網 路提供者或與存取網路提供者相關聯)。此外,D-SLP安全 性可使用與H-SLP相同之方法。 本文所提供之技術可進一步增強與可支援SET起始位置 服務之D-SLP有關之某些服務及/或帳務處理。舉例而言, D-SLP提供者可直接地對SET使用者進行帳務處理。舉例 而言,帳務處理可經由H-SLP提供者予以提供或以其他方 式支援,例如,若存在商業關係且D-SLP可鑑認SET識別 碼(例如,SET國際行動用戶識別碼(IMSI))。在某些實施 中,若使用對SET之通知及驗證,則可能許可網路(例如, SLP)起始位置,例如,此等實施可有用於以某方式輔助 SET使用者之網路應用及/或服務。舉例而言,可對外部 SUPL代理進行帳務處理(例如,藉由D-SLP提供者)以用於 定位SET,其中由於獲得SET位置,SUPL代理提供者可經 162179.doc -37- 201243375 由針對提供至SET使用者之服務(例如,導航輔助)之帳務 處理而將費用傳送至該使用者。對於再其他實例限制,可 針對亦充當E-SLP之D-SLP允許網路起始位置以可能地支 援針對緊急呼叫之位置估計。此處,舉例而言,所得帳務 處理可取決於適用之法規要求及/或其他類似協議。 以下章節提供本文關於某些協定實施所呈現之技術之額 外實例’該等協定實施係由OMA針對經由被稱為SUPL之 使用者平面的以位置為基礎之服務予以識別。SUPL可(例 如)使SET及SLP能夠經由ip載送而通信以交換位置資訊(例 如,GNSS輔助資料’等等)及可有用於定位之其他資訊。 更具體言之,描述可完全地或部分地實施於圖1至圖6所呈 現之實例實施中之某些實例訊息流程。 下文所描述之訊息流程說明可如何將不同位置服務及/ 或其類似者經由在SUPL代理、一或多個SLP與一或多個 SET之間的某些實例互動而提供至SUPL代理及/或其類似 者。根據某些實例實施,經由存取網路及/或網路而在SLP 與SET之間所傳輸之訊息可(例如)順應於SUpL使用者平面 位置協定(ULP),例如,ULP 3.0及/或某其他類似協定。 根據某些實例實施’在SLP與SUPL代理之間所傳輸之訊息 可(例如)順應於由OMA所定義之行動位置協定(MLP)及/或 其他類似協定。關於某些前述實例實施,根據某些實例實 施,第一訊息420/430可包含SUPL START訊息或SUPL REPORT訊息,及/或第二訊息424/434可包含SUPL END訊 息或 SUPL TRIGGERED STOP訊息。 162179.doc -38 · 201243375 將參看若干圖,該等圖說明訊息流程且共用共同格式, 兩個或兩個以上SUPL實體(例如,器件、服務,等等)係以 該共同格式在標記方框中經呈現為對應於特定垂直線。通 信及/或與其有關之其他處理係藉由較垂直線所發生之 複數個動作說明°藉由以字母表次序所呈現之大楷字母將 動作標記至最左側垂直線。在某些例子中,吾人期望,動 作對應於依序動作集合'然而,可記住,纟某些例子中, 也許有可能具有不同次序及/或使兩個或兩個以上動作之 全部或部分同時地執行。自—實體至另—實體之訊息可藉 由在展示方向之箭頭内之線表示。此等訊息可藉由名稱識 別及/或以在與其相關聯之括號中之某些實例參數等等列 出。另外,在某些例子中,另外程序及/或與其相關聯之 潛在或特定延遲可呈現於對應於適用之垂直線且因此對應 於實體之方框中。藉由實例,可藉由具有用於set之 「υτ#」或用於乩卩之「ST#」的計時器值列出某些延遲, 其中「#」記號表示整數值。此等計時器值可取決於某實 施而變化,且可經設定至特定值及標準。藉由一些非限制 性實例,在某些實施中:1;1>1及1;1>2計時器值可具有 之預設值;UT3、UT5、UT7、UT8、ST1、ST2、ST3、 ST4、ST5、ST6及ST7計時器值可具有10秒之預設值;且 UT9計時器值可具有6〇秒之預設值。 在下文所描述之訊息流程圖中,對SET之參考可對應於 圖4中之SET 402,對H-SLP之參考可對應於圖4中之H_SLP 4〇6 ’對D-SLP或E-SLP之參考可對應於圖4中之D_slp或E- 162179.doc -39· 201243375 SLP 410,對代理伺服器D-SLP或代理伺服器Ε-SLP之參考 可對應於圖4中之代—理伺服器SLP 409 ’且對SUPL代理之 參考可對應於圖4中之SUPL代理412。 在記住此情形的情況下,關注圖7,圖7為根據一實施的 說明可用以支援某些網路起始位置服務之實例訊息流程的 流程圖。更具體言之’圖7說明用於網路起始(非漫遊)單活 動性之實例訊息流程。 在動作A處:SUPL代理將MLP SLIR訊息發送至與其相 關聯之D-SLP或Η-SLP(在本文中被統稱為D/H-SLP),以請 求針對特定指定SET之位置估計。D/H-SLP可鑑認SUPL代 理且基於所接收的針對SUPL代理之而檢査SUPL 代理是否被授權以得到所請求之服務。D/H-SLP亦可基於 及而提供隱私檢查。D/H-SLP亦可驗證出目 標SET支援SUPL »若在D/H-SLP處可得到滿足經請求 之經先前計算位置且無需通知及驗證,則D/H-SLP可直接地繼續進行至動作G。若需要通知及驗證或僅 需要通知,則D/H-SLP可繼續進行至動作B。 在動作B處:D/H-SLP使用SUPL INIT訊息來起始與SET 之位置會話。SUPL INIT訊息含有所欲定位方法 、SLP 能力(sZPCapaW/z’iz’e·?)且視情況含有 0〇户。若動作A中之隱私檢查之結果指示需要目標用戶之 通知及/或驗證,則D/H-SLP亦可將通知參數包括於SUPL INIT訊息中。在發送SUPL INIT訊息之前,D/H-SLP亦計 算及儲存SUPL INIT訊息之雜湊》 162179.doc •40- 201243375 若在動作A中D/H-SLP決定使用經先前計算位置,則 SUPL INIT訊息可在「無位置」pdiMei/zoi/參數值中指示此 位置,且SET可以攜載驗證程序之結果(存取被授予或存取 被拒絕)的SUPL END訊息作出回應。若無需明確驗證(僅 需要通知),則SET可以SUPL END訊息作出回應。D/H-SLP接著可直接地繼續進行至動作G。在某些實施中,在 發送SUPL END訊息之前,SET可執行動作C之資料連接設 置程序且使用在動作D中所描述之程序以建立至D/H-SLP 之輸送層安全性(TLS)連接。 在動作C處:SET分析經接收SUPL INIT訊息。若發現未 鑑認,則SET不採取另外動作。否貝,SET採取動作以準 備建立與D/H-SLP之TLS連接》SET亦計算經接收SUPL miT訊息之雜湊。 在動作D處:SET評估通知策略且採取適當動作。SET可 使用D/H-SLP位址來建立至D/H-SLP之TLS連接,D/H-SLP 位址為藉由本籍網路供應之H-SLP位址或藉由H-SLP或藉 由H-SLP所授權之代理伺服器D-SLP供應或驗證之D-SLP位 址。SET接著發送SUPL POS INIT訊息以開始與D/H-SLP之 定位會話》即使SET不支援在SUPL INIT中所指示之所欲 定位方法,SET仍可發送SUPL POS INIT訊息。SUPL POS INIT訊息含有位置ID(/ocai/cm/i/)、SET能力(s五rCapMZ/iiiei), 及在動作C中所計算之經接收SUPL INIT訊息之雜凑 (ver)。SUPL POS INIT訊息亦可包括攜載如下各者之SUPL POS訊息:(i)3GPP LTE定位協定(LPP),及/或(ii)具有 162179.doc •4卜 201243375 OMA LPP 擴展之 LPP(LPP/LPPe),及/或(iii)符合 D/H-SLP 之定位協定能力(在動作B中以dPCapdHmei所指示)之 3GPP2 C.S0022(在本文中被稱為TIA-801)定位協定訊息。 SET亦可提供其位置(若此情形受到支援)(作為LPP/LPPe/TIA-801之部分或明確地經由可選位置參數)。若可得到滿足 QoP的在SUPL POS INIT訊息中所擷取之位置(或滿足Q〇P 的基於在SUPL POS INIT訊息中所接收之資訊而計算之位 置),則D/H-SLP可直接地繼續進行至動作F,且不從事於 SUPL POS會話。 在動作E處:SET及D/H-SLP從事於SUPL POS訊息交換 以計算位置。基於在SUPL POS訊息交換期間或視情況在 動作D中藉由SET及D/H-SLP交換之能力而判定用於此會話 之定位方法。D/H-SLP基於經接收定位量測而計算位置估 計(經SET輔助),或SET基於自D/H-SLP所獲得之輔助而計 算位置估計(以SET為基礎)。 在動作F處:一旦位置計算完成,D/H-SLP就將指示位 置會話已結束之SUPL END訊息發送至SET^ SET可释放至 D/H-SLP之TLS連接且釋放與此會話有關之資源。 在動作G處:D/H-SLP在MLP SLIA訊息中將位置估計 發送回至SUPL代理,且D/H-SLP可釋放與此會 話有關之資源。 接下來關注圖8,圖8為根據一實施的說明可用以支援某 些行動器件起始位置服務之實例訊息流程的流程圖。更具 體言之,圖8說明用於SET起始(非漫遊)單定位之實例訊息 162179.<J6c -42· 201243375 流程》 在動作A處:SET自SET上之SUPL代理(例如,應用程式) 接收位置請求。SET採取適當動作以建立至D-SLP或至其 H-SLP(在本文中被統稱為D/H-SLP)之安全TLS連接。SET 可基於來自H-SLP或代理伺服器D-SLP針對D-SLP之任何先 前授權及基於其當前近似位置及(多個)伺服存取網路且可 能地基於其他準則而選擇D-SLP或H-SLP。 在動作B處:SET可使用藉由本籍網路針對H-SLP供應之 預設位址或藉由H-SLP或藉由H-SLP所授權之代理伺服器 D-SLP針對D-SLP提供或驗證之位址以建立至D/H-SLP之安 全TLS連接,且發送SUPL START訊息以開始與D/H-SLP之 定位會話。SUPL START訊息含有位置ID(/oc^n〇n/i〇、 SET1能力(sETCapabilities)且視情況含有所要QoP。 若在D/H-SLP處可得到滿足經請求QoP之經先前計算位 置,則D/H-SLP可直接地繼續進行至動作F且將包括位置 結果(ρ〇ί出·〇«)之SUPL END訊息發送至SET。 在動作C處:D/H-SLP將SUPL RESPONSE訊息發送至 SET。SUPL RESPONSE含有所欲定位方法(posMei/zoiO 及 SLP能力(sLPCapabilities)。 在動作D處:SET將SUPL POS INIT訊息發送至D/H-SLP。即使SET不支援在SUPL RESPONSE中所指示之所欲 定位方法,SET仍可發送SUPL POS INIT訊息。SUPL POS INIT訊息含有位置 、SET能力出·α),Pre-access and/or location servers known by other parties - A nA versatile; and (fii) mobile devices ί 牛 may not be authorized to be a collection of one or more location servers, which may include A location server that the mobile device cannot access or previously access that does not provide the appropriate service. One or more of the location servers in the set S1 may be in this case; the set s S2 or the set S3. However, there may be no J A A 卞 in the set S1; a position servo 162179.doc 15 201243375 in both the set S2 and the set S3. In some other examples, the first set of word processor sets can include an empty set. The first set of location servers can, for example, identify an agent location server for authorization for use by the mover - or a plurality of position feeders. In some implementations, the first set of word processor sets may replace the set of location servers S1 previously authorized by the proxy location feeder for use by the mobile device. In some instances, where the proxy location server wishes to re-authorize the previously authorized location server, one or more of the location servers identified in the first location server set may also be included in the second location. In the server collection. In some instances, authorization to use one or more location servers in the second set may be conditional, e.g., based on various parameters related to time, location, service, and the like. Where the second set of location servers has been obtained, the mobile device can selectively access one or more of the "authorized" location servers identified therein to obtain one or more location services. According to some example implementations, the techniques provided herein may be applied to an environment having an authorized location server represented by: a full or partial portion of the home SuPL positioning platform (H-SLP), which has been found to be a 8111^ positioning platform All or part of (D_SLP), all or part of the emergency suPL positioning platform (E_SLP), and/or some similar combination thereof. Additionally, in some example implementations, the proxy location server may include D_SLP and/or 匕乩? And at least one of the first location server set and/or the second location server set may comprise a D-SLP and/or an E-SLP » Additionally, in some example implementations, the mobile device may comprise SUPL allows the terminal (SET). Therefore, in some example implementations, the first message may include a SUPL START message, a SUPL REPORT message, and/or the like, and the second 162179.doc • 16 - 201243375 message may include a SUPL END message, a SUPL TRIGGERED STOP message, and/or / or similar. In some examples, the first message can, for example, further indicate a mobile device that can be considered by the proxy location server when identifying one or more location servers in the second set of location servers as authorized. Roughly estimated locations and/or similar. In some examples, the first message can, for example, further indicate that one or more access networks are available for use by the mobile device, which can be in the set of second location servers by the proxy location server Or multiple location servers are identified as being considered when authorized. In some examples, the first message can, for example, further indicate a location quality (Q〇p) parameter and/or the like, which can be associated with one or more desired location services and thus can be served by a proxy location server Considered when one or more location servers in the second set of location servers are identified as being authorized. In certain other example implementations, the first set of location servers may include and/or otherwise identify that was previously authorized (eg, by an authorized location server, current or some other proxy location server, etc.) The location service is about accessing one or more location servers. In some example implementations, the set of location servers may include and/or otherwise identify one or more location servers that may or may not be preferred to the mobile device. In some example implementations, the second message can further indicate an access preference (eg, associated with a proxy location server) for a location service that can be authorized for access via the second set of location servers. In an example implementation, the 'second message may further indicate prioritization and/or one or more priority parameters' which may be selectively accessed by the mobile device in one of the second location feeds 162179.doc 201243375 server set Or multiple location servers are considered. In some example implementations, the second message may further indicate an operation and/or conditional information 'which may selectively access the second location server set by the mobile device Considering one or more of the location servers. For example, 'in some examples, the second message may further indicate one or more of the authorized location servers that are applicable to the second location set of word processors. Service duration, service area, and/or other similar information or some combination thereof. For example, in some examples, the second message may further include or otherwise indicate All or part of the list of access networks used for mobile devices 'for example, one of the access networks should be accessed by the mobile device as a condition for accessing a particular authorized location server In some example implementations, the second message may further indicate that certain control parameters and/or the like may be considered by the mobile device in determining whether to contact or otherwise access certain location servers. In this regard, the minimum retry period may indicate a minimum or additional desired time period that should elapse before the mobile device retransmits the first message to the proxy location server. As mentioned, in some example implementations, the mobile device may Or a plurality of subsequent messages are transmitted to the proxy location server, the one or more subsequent messages indicating that the mobile device has accessed one or more of the authorized location servers (eg, in the second set of location servers) All or part of a plurality of location services. By some non-limiting examples, subsequent messages may be responsive to the mobile device accessing the authorized bits in the second location server set The server is transmitted _ times _ times and/or transmitted for the first time after accessing another location server in the second location server set. 162179.doc • 18- 201243375 In some example implementations, A technique that can be used by one or more of the location servers that may have been authorized to act as a proxy location server for an authorized location server. For example, the proxy location server may obtain the first message from the mobile device. The location server for the mobile device includes a proxy location server for authorizing the location server. Here, for example, as mentioned in the above example, the first message may indicate the first location server set. The server can determine the second set of location servers based, for example, at least in part on the first set of location servers, and transmit the second message to the mobile device. For example, the second message can indicate the second set of location servers It is authorized for service related access by the location of the mobile device. It will be understood from the examples herein that in some example implementations it may be possible to have a plurality of location servers authorized as proxy location servers for authorizing location servers. For example, in some instances, the Authorized Location Server may authorize one or more Proxy Location Servers. Additionally, for example, in some instances, one or more of the proxy location servers may themselves authorize one or more other location servers as proxy location servers for the original authorized location server and / or proxy location server itself. 1 is a schematic block diagram illustrating an example environment 100 including a mobile device for accessing certain location services that may be provided by one or more computing devices 102/130, in accordance with an implementation. 134 and/or other similar information. In this case, the computing device(s) 102 can represent an authorized location server, and the other computing device(s) 13 can represent one or more authorized location servers, one or more authorized location servers. One of them or I62179.doc • 19· 201243375 may be authorized by the computing device(s) 102 as a proxy location server. Although not illustrated in FIG. 1, it should be understood that computing device(s) 2 may include one or more location services 134, and/or other computing device(s) 13 may include device 112. In the event that δ has lived in this situation, as illustrated, mobile device 1 〇 4 can include device 110, which can be used, at least in part, to initiate a first message to a computing device via one or more networks 120 The transmission of the device 112 of 1〇2. As mentioned, for example, the first message may include or otherwise indicate a set of location servers and/or other potentially useful information. The device 112 of the computing device 1 可 2 can initiate the transmission of the second message to the device 110 of the mobile device 104, for example, via one or more networks. Again, as previously mentioned, the second message may, for example, include or otherwise indicate that it may be authorized for access to the location service and/or authorized as a proxy location server for the authorized location server. The second location server collection. In this example 47, the mobile device 104 is illustrated as being in communication with the network(s) 120 via the wireless communication link 122, and the computing device(s) 1〇2 and the other computing device(s) 1 It is illustrated that the network(s) 120 are in communication via wired communication links 103 and 131, respectively. It should be understood that in some implementations 'wired communication link 103 and/or 131 may represent a wireless communication link, and/or wireless communication link 1 22 may represent a wired communication link. The network(s) 120 may represent One or more communication and/or computing networks, and/or other resources supporting the or the network. For example, network(s) 1 20 can include one or more telecommunications networks, one or more terrestrial communication networks, one or more cellular communication networks, one or more wired or wireless wide area networks 162179 .doc •20- 201243375 Road, one or more satellite communication networks, the Internet, and/or the like or a combination thereof. The network(s) 120 can, for example, include a plurality of transmission devices that can support a suitable wired and/or wireless communication link. Thus, network(s) 120 can include various types of access networks for mobile device 1〇4, computing device 1〇2, and/or other juice computing device(s) 130. Also illustrated in Figure 1 is that, in some instances, mobile device 104 can receive - or multiple wireless signals 142 from one or more transmission devices 140. The transmission device(s) 140 can represent all or part of the network(s) 12, the king of one or more locations. One or more transmission devices associated with or in part and/or the like or a combination thereof. Thus, for example, the transmission device(s) 14 can represent or a cellular base station and/or the like, one or more wireless local area network (WLAN) access points, and/or the like , one or more home base stations and/or the like, or a plurality of location beacons and/or the like - and so on. Wireless signal U2 may, for example, represent a wireless signal that may be used, at least in part, to estimate the location of mobile device 104. Similarly, as illustrated by certain example implementations, the mobile device 104 may obtain one or more wireless signals 152 from one or more mails (9). Thus, for example, sps 15〇 may represent mu associated with Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) and/or its like (such as the US Global Positioning System (GPS), the European Galile〇 system, or the Russian (1) (10) coffee system). Space-based and/or terrestrial-based transmission devices Thus, in some cases, mobile device 1.4 can be used, for example, using various known techniques to estimate its position - or multiple wireless signal positions / Or 152. 2, FIG. 2 is a schematic block diagram illustrating certain features of an example computing platform 162179.doc 21 201243375, which may be provided as part of the d-body 1 and/or according to an implementation. Or provided as part of the other computing device(s) (eg, as in Figure!). So, for example, - ten is flat. 200 may include device 112, and/or may provide and/or otherwise support certain location services 134. As illustrated, the computing platform 2 can include one or more processing units 2〇2 coupled to the memory 204 via one or more connections, a unit for performing data processing (eg, according to the text herein) The plurality of material elements 202 can be implemented, for example, in a combination of hardware or hardware and software. The processing unit(s) 202 can, for example, represent one or more circuits that are configurable to perform at least a portion of the data calculation program. The processing unit can be implemented by one or more processors, controllers, (four) processors, microcontrollers, special application integrated circuits, digital signal processing, programmable logic devices, fields, and the like. Stylized gate arrays, and the like, or any combination thereof. Memory 204 can represent any data storage mechanism. The memory 2〇4 may include, for example, a primary memory 204—and/or a secondary memory. The primary memory 20 “may include, for example, random access memory, read-only memory: 'etc. In this example, illustrated as being separate from the processing unit, it should be understood that 'all or a portion of the primary memory may be provided within processing unit(s) 2〇2 or other similar circuitry provided within computing device 102, or In other ways, it is co-located with the processing unit(s) plus the common positioning 33 or with other similar circuits of the computing device 1〇2: the secondary memory 2〇4_2 can be packaged, for example, with the main memory. The same or similar type of memory and / or one or 162I79.doc • 22 · 201243375 multiple data storage devices or systems, such as disk drives, CD players, tape drives, solid state memory drives, etc. In some implementations, the secondary memory is operatively received or otherwise configurable to couple to (non-transitory) computer readable medium 270. Memory 204 and/or computer readable medium 27A can be included for Some example techniques as provided herein The computer can implement instructions 272. As illustrated in Figure 2, at various times, memory 204 can store certain signals representing data and/or computer implementable instructions for certain example techniques as provided herein. In other words, the memory 2〇4 can store data for the device and/or computer implementable instructions, and/or location service(s) 134. By way of another example, the memory 2〇4 can be used at various times. The storage represents representative data and/or instructions relating to the first location server set 220 first location server set 222, (eg, the mobile device 1〇4) estimated location 224, QOP parameter 226, one Or a plurality of previously authorized location servers 228' - or a plurality of preferred location servers said ... or a plurality of non-preferred location feeders 232, - or a plurality of location feeder addresses 234, - or multiple accesses Preference 236, one or more priority parameters and/or prioritization 238, one or more servo durations 24, one or more service areas 242 or evening servo networks 244, one or more retry periods 246 , and / or the like or a combination thereof. As shown, the computing platform 2 can, for example, include one or more wireless/network interfaces 208 (night) wireless/network interfaces that can, for example, provide for receiving and/or transmitting wired and/or wireless signals. The ability to communicate, for example, via network(s) 120 (Fig. 1). Therefore, M is 'example' and in some examples, (multiple 162179.doc • 23· 201243375) wireless/network The interface 208 can include, for example, one or more receivers 210 and/or one or more transmitters 212 that are adapted to support a particular communication link. Next, with respect to FIG. 3', FIG. 3 is an illustration of a mobile device according to an implementation. 104 provides a schematic block diagram of certain features of an example computing platform 3, the mobile device 104 for accessing certain location services 134 that may be provided by one or more computing devices 102/130 (FIG. 1) and / or other similar information 0 As illustrated, the computing platform 300 can include one or more processing units 3 〇 2 coupled to one or more of the memory blocks 304 via one or more connections 〇6, one or more processing units 302 To perform data processing (eg, according to the techniques provided herein). The processing unit(s) 302 can be implemented, for example, in a combination of hardware or hardware and software. The processing unit(s) 3〇2 may, for example, represent at least a portion or circuits of the configurable to perform a data calculation program. By way of example and not limitation, the processing unit may include one or more processors, controllers, microprocessors, microcontrollers, special application integrated circuits, digital signal processors, programmable logic devices, field programmable Gate array, and the like, or any combination thereof. Memory 304 can represent any data storage mechanism. The memory 3〇4 can be, for example, the main memory 3〇4] and/or the secondary memory 304-2. The main gas may include, for example, random access memory, read only memory, . Although illustrated in this example as being separate from the processing unit, all or a portion of the primary memory may be provided to the processing unit(s): ^ or provided in other similar circuits within the mobile device 104 or in a vertical Co-located/supplied with the processing unit(s) 302 or co-located/joined with other similar circuits of the mobile device i 162I79.d〇c 24 24443375. Secondary memory: 2 can be packaged (J) with the same or similar type of memory and / / - multiple data storage devices or systems, such as disk drives, CD players; ^ Machine solid state s memory machine, and so on. In some implementations, the secondary ticks can be received or otherwise configurable to be coupled to (non-transitory) brain-readable media 370. Memory 〇4 and/or computer readable media 37 can be implemented for a computer implementable 372 of certain example techniques as provided herein. 7 As illustrated in Figure 3, at various times, memory 304 may store certain signals indicative of information for certain example techniques and/or computer implementable instructions as provided herein. For example, the memory 3〇4 can store data for the device and/or computer implementable instructions. By way of example, at various times, § memory 304 may store representative data and/or instructions relating to: first location server set 22, second location server set 222', estimated Location 224, Q〇p parameter 226•, one or more previously authorized location servers 228', one or more preference location servers 23, one or more non-preferred location servers 232, one Or a plurality of location server addresses 234 or evening access preferences 23 6', one or more priority parameters and/or prioritization 238', one or more service durations 24 〇, one or more Service area 242., one or more servo networks 244, one or more retry periods 246', and/or the like or a combination thereof. Although the same reference numerals used for certain data items and/or instructions have been used in the foregoing example implementations in Figures 2 and 3, this is done for readability purposes only. Therefore, it should be remembered that 'in some cases' more of these data items and/or one of the orders 162179.doc -25- 201243375 may be different. Accordingly, the example data items and/or instructions illustrated in FIG. 3 are further referenced using the apostrophe symbol to indicate that such data items and/or instructions may differ from the similarly referenced data items and/or instructions in FIG. As shown, the mobile device 104 can, for example, include a wireless interface 3〇8. Wireless interface 308 can, for example, provide the ability to receive and/or transmit wired and/or wireless signals, for example, via network(s), and/or from one or more transmitter devices 140. Wireless signal 142, and/or wireless signal 152 is obtained from one or more SPSs 150 (circle 1). The wireless interface 〇8 may include - or multiple interfaces 'which may include, but are not limited to, interfaces for wide area networks (Wan) such as GSM, UMTS, CDMA, LTE, WCDMA, and CDMA 2000) In the personal area network (PAN) interface (such as WiFi and Bluetooth). It should also be understood that there may be multiple wireless interfaces and/or wired interfaces 3〇8 that may be used simultaneously or individually. In fact, it should be borne in mind that in some implementations, the mobile device may use a wired interface (e.g., Ethernet, DSL, cable, etc.) to access the supL technology. In some implementations, the wireless interface 308 can also act as a receiver device (and/or transceiver device) simultaneously and/or alternately to acquire signals 142/152 (FIG. 1) from one or more transmission devices for Used in positioning and/or other positioning/navigation services. In some example implementations, the wireless interface 3〇8 may also represent one or more wired network interfaces. As illustrated, the wireless interface(s) 308 can include one or more receivers 310 and/or one or more transmitters 312. By way of further example, all or portions of the wireless interface(s) 308, the wired/wireless interface(s) 208, and/or the network(s) 12(s) can be configured for 162179.doc • 26 • 201243375 Various wireless communication networks such as Wireless Wide Area Network (WWAN), Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN), Wireless Personal Area Network (WPAN), and the like. The terms "network" and "system" are used interchangeably herein. WWAN can be a code division multiple access (CDMA) network, a time division multiple access (TDMA) network, a frequency division multiple access (FDMA) network, an orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) network, and a single Carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access (SC-FDMA) network, etc. ^ CDMA network can implement one or more radio access technologies (RATs), such as (only a few radio technologies are listed), cdma2000, broadband CDMA (W- CDMA), Time Division Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access (TD-SCDMA). Here, cdma2000 may include technologies implemented in accordance with the Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA) IS-95, IS-2000, and IS-856 standards. The TDMA network can implement the Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Digital Advanced Mobile Phone System (D-AMPS), or some other RAT » GSM and W-CDMA are described from the name "3rd Generation Partnership Project" ( 3GPP) Association of documents. Cdma2000 is described in a document from a consortium named "3rd Generation Partnership Project 2" (3GPP2). 3GPP and 3GPP2 documents are publicly available. For example, a WLAN may include an IEEE 802.11x network, and a WPAN may include a Bluetooth network, IEEE 802.1 5x. The wireless communication network may include so-called next generation technologies (eg, "4G") such as 3GPP Long Term Evolution (LTE), 3GPP LTE Advanced, IEEE 802_16 WiMAX, 3GPP2 Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB) ' and/or the like . In addition, as illustrated, the techniques provided herein may also be implemented, at least in part, in an environment that supports SUPL technology. As shown, computing platform 300 may include one or more input/output units 314. The input/output unit 314 can, for example, include one or more user interfaces 162179.doc -27- 201243375, such as a keypad, a touch screen, various buttons, various indicators, display screens, speakers, Microphones, projectors, cameras, vibration mechanisms, and more. In some example implementations, the input/output unit 31 includes - or a plurality of inertial sensors (eg, 'accelerometers, gyroscopes, etc.), - or multiple environmental sensors (eg, thermometers, barometers) , magnetometer, etc.). The computing platform 300 can take the form of a mobile device 1-4, and the mobile device ι4 represents any electronic device that can move around within the environment. For example, mobile device 104 can include handheld computing and/or communication devices such as 'mobile phones, smart phones, laptops, tablets, positioning/navigation devices, tracking devices' and/or the like or Some combination of it. In some example implementations, the mobile device 1〇4 can be part of a circuit board, an electronic chip, or the like. The mobile device 104 can be referred to as a mobile terminal, a terminal, a mobile, a mobile device, or a user device. Turning next to Figure 4, Figure 4 is a schematic block diagram illustrating an example environment 4i that may be provided, for example, within the environment 100 of the Figure or as part of the environment 100 of Figure 1. According to consistent implementations, the environment can be provided, for example, by using a plurality of SUPL positioning platforms (SLPs) (eg, 406, 409, and 410) to support the SUPL technique, the plurality of SUPL positioning platforms (SLp) being represented as It is used by mobile devices such as the Hole Enable Terminal (SET) 402. As mentioned, the network(s) 120 may include one or more networks, in this example, the one or more networks may include a home network 404 for the SET 402, and/or a Or multiple access networks 408. One or more of the networks in the access network 408 can serve as a servo network for the SET 402 and provide communication services such as initiation and 162179.doc • 28- 201243375 ability to receive voice and data calls, access to the Internet The ability of the network, and the ability to connect to SLP 406, 409 and 41 0. The home network 404 can be a network in which the set 402 is permanently registered and subscribed to obtain a communication service provided by the access network 4〇8. In some cases, the SET 402 can access the home network 404, in which case the network 404 becomes one of the access networks 4〇8. Although illustrated using a separate cloud diagram (as illustrated by the interconnected dashed lines), the home network 404 and one or more access networks 〇8 may be interconnected and/or otherwise operatively communicable in some manner. . The home network 4〇4 may or may not share some common coverage areas with one or more access networks 408, and the access networks 408 may or may not share some common coverage areas with each other. Therefore, SET 402 can be located in some networks, not in other areas of the network. The SET 402 may correspond to the mobile device 1〇4 of FIG. 1 (eg, as a specific example of the mobile device 104 of the figure). H_SLP 4〇6 may correspond to computing device(s) 102 in Figure i. The proxy servers SLp 4〇9 and d-SLP or E_SLp 410 may correspond to other computing devices 13〇 in the figure. The access network 408 and the home network 4〇4 may correspond to the network(s) 12 in FIG. Although SET 402 is shown in FIG. 4 as having wireless access to both the home network 4〇4 and the access network(s) 408, the SET 402 can have only the home network 4 at any particular time.直接4 or direct wireless or wired access to only one of the network(s) 8/8. In this case, SET 4〇2 can access an entity attached to or associated with a network that is not SET 4〇2 via access network 408(s) or home network 404 The communication is direct access to the network. This communication can be transmitted via other networks (such as the Internet), not shown in Figure 4, 162179.doc -29- 201243375. H-SLP 406 may be a subscription SET 402 to receive location services using SUPL (such as transmission of assistance data and determination of SET 402 location). The proxy server 31^409 and 〇-31^ or £-81^410 may be SLPs capable of providing better location services to the SET 402 in certain areas than the H-SLP 406, and may be authorized to provide Such location services, as further described below * In this example, SET 402 can transmit first message 420 to H-SLP 406, for example, via home network 404. As mentioned previously, the first message 420 can include and/or otherwise identify a first set of location servers. As also mentioned, in some examples, the first set of location servers may include an empty set. The H-SLP 406 can determine the second set of location servers, for example, based at least in part on the first set of location servers. The H-SLP 406 can transmit the second message 424 to the SET 402, for example, using the home network 404. Here, for example, the second message 424 will be assumed to include and/or otherwise identify a second location server list including the SLP 409, which may be stored using one or more access networks 408 Take 'as authorized for access by SET 402. In this example, SLP 409 may represent D-SLP and/or E-SLP' and it is authorized in second message 424 to act as a proxy location server for H-SLP 406. Thus, in the event that an authorization has been received from the Η-SLP 4〇6, the SET 402 can initiate additional messaging to further access the proxy server via the 〆 or multiple access networks 408 or via the home network 404. SLP 409. For example, SET 402 may later send a message 430 indicating the first location server set to 162179.doc • 30-201243375 to proxy timer SLP 409. The proxy server SLP 409 can determine the second set of location servers based, for example, at least in part on the first set of location servers, and, for example, using one or more access networks 408 or the home network 404 The second message 434 is transmitted to the SET 402. Here, for example, it will be assumed that the second message 434 includes and/or otherwise identifies a second location server list that is authorized (by the proxy server SLP 409) for use by the SET 402 Access to the SLP 410. According to some implementations, the SET 402 that has accessed the SLP 409 can communicate that the authorized access system occurs using one or more subsequent messages 426, and one or more subsequent messages 426 can be transmitted to the H via the home network 404. -SLP 406. The SET 402, which has received authorization from the proxy server SLP 409 to access the SLP 410 in the second message 434, can later selectively access the SLP 410, for example, to obtain an applicable location service, and the like. Thus, for example, one or more SUPL sessions and/or the like may be performed, the estimated location of the SET 402 may be obtained via the one or more SUPL sessions and/or the like and/or the SET 402 may be The estimated location is optionally provided to the SUPL agent (not shown in FIG. 4) within the SET 402 or, for example, via the SLP 410 and/or other support network(s) to the outside. SUPL agent 412. When the SUPL agent <In SET 402, SET 402 may initiate a SUPL session with SLP 410 to obtain a location estimate, and SET 402 may need to verify a particular location service (eg, obtain a location estimate for an internal SUPL agent) It is authorized for the SLP 410 by the proxy server SLP 409. When the location estimate is instead provided to the external SUPL agent 412, the SLP 410 may initiate a SUPL session with the SET 402 (to obtain a location estimate 162179.doc -31 - 201243375 st ), and the SET 402 may need to verify the specific location service (For example, on behalf of an external SUPL agent to obtain a location estimate) is authorized by the proxy server SLp 409. SET 402, according to some implementations 'accessed SLP 41 〇 (eg, to obtain the example service described above) may convey that the authorized access system uses one or more subsequent mechanisms 436 to occur 'one or A plurality of subsequent messages 436 may be transmitted to the proxy server SLp々op or H-SLP 406 via the one or more access networks 408 or the two SLPs. Next, focus on FIG. 5, which is illustrated in accordance with an implementation. A flow diagram of certain features of the program or method 5 of computing device 130 (e.g., as in FIG. 1) and/or proxy server sLp 4〇9 (eg, as in FIG. 4). At instance block 502, the first message can be obtained from the mobile device by the location server. The location server for the mobile device includes a proxy location server for the authorized location server. Here, for example, the first message may include or otherwise indicate a first set of location servers. However, as mentioned and in some examples, the first set of location servers may contain an empty set. It should be understood that the 'first message' as used herein in some instances may include one or more transmitted messages. At instance block 504, a second set of location servers can be determined based at least in part on the first set of position feeders. In some example implementations, at block 506, the determination at block 504 may further consider additional information, such as an estimated location of the mobile device, one or more access networks available for use by the mobile device. , Q〇P parameters, and / or similar or a group of 162179.doc •32· 201243375. In some examples, at block 508, the estimated location of the mobile device can be obtained. ' At instance block 510, the second message can be transmitted to the mobile device, and the second message indicates the second location server set. It is authorized to be used for service related access by the location of the mobile device. In some example implementations, at block 512, the second message may further indicate access preferences, prioritization, service duration, service area, certain access networks, minimum retry period 'and/or the like Or some combination thereof. It should be understood that in some such example 1, the second message as used herein may include one or more transmitted messages. At instance block 514, a subsequent message can be obtained from the mobile device, the subsequent message indicating the occurrence of service related access to at least one location of the authorized location server by the mobile device. Turning next to Figure 6, Figure 6 illustrates a procedure for a mobile device 1 (e.g., as in Figure 1) and/or SET 4〇2 (e.g., as illustrated in Figure *), in accordance with an implementation. Or a flow chart of certain features of method 600. At instance block 602, an authorization can be obtained from an authorized location server (eg, H-SLP 406 in the bucket) to use a location server that is a proxy location server for the authorized location server (eg, Figure 4) In the SLp 4〇9). By way of example, authorization can be granted from an authorized location server by including and/or otherwise identifying one or more of the one or more location servo sets. At instance block 604, the first message can be transmitted to the proxy location server, the first message indicating the first location server set. In some implementations, 162179.doc • 33· 201243375 The first set of location servers may contain an empty set. Additionally, in some implementations, the first message can include additional information that can be considered by the proxy location server. As used herein, the first message can include one or more transmitted messages. At instance block 606, a second message can be obtained from the proxy location server, the second message indicating the second set of location servers to be authorized for location service related access by the mobile device. As used herein, this second message may contain one or more transmitted messages. At instance block 608, one or more location servers from the second set of location servers are selectively accessed to obtain one or more location services and/or other similar form information at instance block 610. The subsequent message may be transmitted to the proxy location server and/or the authorized location server, and the subsequent message indicates the occurrence of service related access to at least one location of the authorized location server by the mobile device. As used herein, this subsequent message may contain one or more transmitted messages. It is contemplated that the discovery of SLPs (eg, D-SLPs and/or E-SLPs) can occur in a number of different ways, including but not limited to digital discovery by the user (eg, via web browsing, scanning qR) Code, etc.). The findings may also be from H-SLP or otherwise supported by h-SLP. For example, the H-SLP may provide a D SLp address or other similar identifier when queried by the SET; redirect the SET to the D-SLP; translate and/or verify the d-SLP that has been discovered by the SET A address or other similar identifier (eg, via a query/response mechanism). In some instances, the discovery may come from one or more resources of the access network or otherwise by accessing one or more resource branches of the network 162179.doc • 34· 201243375. For example, the access network may provide a D-SLP address or other similar identifier when the user attaches (eg, using an LTE attachment accept message), and/or may allow the SET to be via DHCP and/or the like. This D-SLP address or other similar identifier is queried. In another example, a fixed format D-SLP address and/or a similar identifier associated with the access network (eg, containing an action country code identifier and a mobile network code identifier for accessing the network) It may also be defined as a fixed format D-SLP address and/or similar identifier similar to a preset E-SLP address in SUPL for discovery via DNS and/or the like. The address of the D-SLP or E-SLP authorized by the SET and/or authorized by the H-SLP or the proxy server D-SLP may be a globally unique address similar to the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) , or may be an IP address, or may be a specific (eg, known or preset) address unique to the network or communication technology. The previous method can also be used to discover or verify the E-SLP address before a possible emergency call. Thus, for example, we can consider D-SLP and E-SLP as different variants of the native SLP. Thus, the local SLP can then act as a D-SLP or E-SLP or both. The technology provided in this article can also provide additional Η-SLP support. For example, the Η-SLP may provide certain restrictions when verifying or providing an address or similar identifier of an authorized D-SLP, for example, to further protect the SET user. For example, a time period during which the SET can access the D-SLP can be provided. For example, a geographic area or a collection of similar areas that the SET must reside in order to access the D-SLP can be provided. For example, one or more access networks may be provided for the SET to access the D-SLP. For example, the identifiable D-SLP is allowed to provide a set of services for 162179.doc • 35- 201243375 (for example, if the network is initiated, other services can be resisted by the SET). If one or more of the provided instance conditions are no longer applicable, the SET may request the H-SLP for a new D-SLP address for a similar identifier, and/or possibly a new D-SLP address. In some instances, the H-SLP may provide information about the degree of privacy to the SET to expect a D-SLP - for example, it may identify location services and/or other similar information that may or may not be permitted by local regulations. Certain techniques provided herein may further benefit the H-SLP or otherwise provide additional control thereof. For example, the H-SLP may provide a D-SLP address or other similar identifier to the SET or verify the D_SLP address or other similar identifier, while the SET roams in an area in which the H-SLP cannot Support location appropriately (for example, in a foreign country or in a closed area where the author of the book does not have good coverage). For example, if the local operator is partnered with a group of other operators, so that each operator provides location support for all operators' users in their own coverage area, the H-SLP can place the D-SLP address. Or other similar identifiers are provided to the SET or to verify the D-SLP address or other similar identifier. Additionally, in some examples, the H-SLP can control the length of time that the SET can access the D-SLP, the geographic area that is permitted to access, and/or the set of access networks that are accessible for access. Additionally, in some examples, the H-SLP can query the SET to verify if the D-SLP is authorized for the SET and possibly revoke the permission to access the D-SLP, for example, if the D-SLP is at the H-SLP The non-service is simultaneously assigned by the proxy server D-SLP, but the H-SLP is now back in service. Some of the techniques provided herein may allow for the application of certain security technologies. For example, in some implementations, the public key voucher can be used by the SET to authenticate the D-SLP with respect to the H-SLP. For example, doing so may help verify that the D-SLP has an address provided or verified by the H-SLP, and/or otherwise establish the trustworthiness of the D-SLP by the H-SLP. In another example, if the D-SLP provider has a relationship with a 3GPP/3GPP2 H-SLP provider, the D-SLP can use the 3GPP Universal Bootloader Architecture (GBA) method to authenticate the SET. In other examples, the D-SLP may use a client side device credential (for H-SLP) to authenticate the SET, for example, using the same or similar method with respect to the H-SLP to tie the user and device identification code. In still other example implementations, SUPL Alternative Client Authentication (ACA) may be used by the D-SLP to verify that the SET IP address matches a known SET ID (if the D-SLP belongs to an access network provider or Access network provider associated). In addition, D-SLP security can use the same method as H-SLP. The techniques provided herein may further enhance certain services and/or accounting processes associated with D-SLPs that support SET origin location services. For example, the D-SLP provider can perform billing processing directly on the SET user. For example, accounting processing may be provided or otherwise supported via an H-SLP provider, for example, if there is a commercial relationship and the D-SLP may authenticate the SET identification code (eg, SET International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI)) ). In some implementations, if notification and verification of the SET is used, the network (eg, SLP) starting location may be permitted. For example, such implementation may have a network application for assisting the SET user in some manner and/or Or service. For example, an external SUPL agent may be accounted for (eg, by a D-SLP provider) for locating the SET, wherein the SUPL agent provider may be 162179.doc -37-201243375 by obtaining the SET location The fee is transferred to the user for the accounting process of providing the service to the SET user (eg, navigation assistance). For still other example limitations, the network start location may be allowed for D-SLPs that also act as E-SLPs to potentially support location estimates for emergency calls. Here, for example, the resulting accounting process may depend on applicable regulatory requirements and/or other similar agreements. The following sections provide additional examples of the techniques presented herein for certain protocol implementations. These protocol implementations are identified by OMA for location-based services via a user plane called SUPL. SUPL can, for example, enable SET and SLP to communicate via ip transport to exchange location information (e. g., GNSS assistance material, etc.) and other information that can be used for positioning. More specifically, the description may be fully or partially implemented in some example message flows in the example implementations presented in Figures 1 through 6. The message flow described below illustrates how different location services and/or the like may be provided to the SUPL agent and/or via some instance interaction between the SUPL agent, one or more SLPs, and one or more SETs. It is similar. According to some example implementations, messages transmitted between the SLP and the SET via the access network and/or the network may, for example, be compliant with SUpL User Plane Location Agreement (ULP), eg, ULP 3.0 and/or Some other similar agreement. The transmission of information between the SLP and the SUPL agent according to certain examples may, for example, be compliant with a Mobile Location Agreement (MLP) and/or other similar agreement as defined by OMA. With respect to some of the foregoing example implementations, according to some example implementations, the first message 420/430 can include a SUPL START message or a SUPL REPORT message, and/or the second message 424/434 can include a SUPL END message or a SUPL TRIGGERED STOP message. 162179.doc -38 · 201243375 Reference will be made to a number of figures illustrating the flow of messages and sharing a common format in which two or more SUPL entities (eg, devices, services, etc.) are marked in the common format. The middle is represented as corresponding to a particular vertical line. The communication and/or other processing associated therewith is illustrated by a plurality of actions occurring on a more vertical line. The action is marked to the leftmost vertical line by a letter in alphabetical order. In some instances, we expect that the action corresponds to a set of sequential actions'. However, it may be remembered that in some instances it may be possible to have different orders and/or to make all or part of two or more actions. Execute at the same time. The message from the entity to the other entity can be represented by a line within the arrow of the display direction. Such messages may be identified by name and/or by some instance parameters in parentheses associated therewith, and the like. In addition, in some instances, additional programs and/or potential or specific delays associated therewith may be presented in a box corresponding to the applicable vertical line and thus to the entity. By way of example, some delays can be listed by having a timer value for set "υτ#" or "ST#" for ,, where the "#" symbol represents an integer value. These timer values may vary depending on the implementation and may be set to specific values and standards. By way of some non-limiting examples, in some implementations: 1; 1 > 1 and 1; 1 > 2 timer values may have preset values; UT3, UT5, UT7, UT8, ST1, ST2, ST3, ST4 The ST5, ST6, and ST7 timer values can have a preset value of 10 seconds; and the UT9 timer value can have a preset value of 6 seconds. In the message flow diagram described below, the reference to the SET may correspond to the SET 402 in FIG. 4, and the reference to the H-SLP may correspond to the H_SLP 4〇6' in the FIG. 4 to the D-SLP or E-SLP. The reference may correspond to D_slp or E-162179.doc-39.201243375 SLP 410 in FIG. 4, and the reference to the proxy server D-SLP or the proxy server Ε-SLP may correspond to the generation servo in FIG. The SLP 409' and reference to the SUPL agent may correspond to the SUPL agent 412 in FIG. In keeping in mind this situation, attention is directed to Figure 7, which is a flow diagram illustrating an example message flow that may be used to support certain network home location services, in accordance with an implementation. More specifically, Figure 7 illustrates an example message flow for network initiated (non-roaming) single activity. At action A: the SUPL agent sends the MLP SLIR message to its associated D-SLP or Η-SLP (collectively referred to herein as D/H-SLP) to request a location estimate for a particular designated SET. The D/H-SLP can authenticate the SUPL agent and check if the SUPL agent is authorized to obtain the requested service based on the received SUPL agent. D/H-SLP can also provide privacy checks based on and. The D/H-SLP can also verify that the target SET supports SUPL. If the previously calculated location is satisfied at the D/H-SLP and no notification and verification is required, the D/H-SLP can proceed directly to Action G. If notification and verification are required or only notification is required, the D/H-SLP may proceed to action B. At action B: The D/H-SLP uses the SUPL INIT message to initiate a session with the location of the SET. The SUPL INIT message contains the desired method of positioning, SLP capability (sZPCapaW/z’iz’e·?) and, depending on the situation, 0. If the result of the privacy check in action A indicates that notification and/or verification by the target user is required, the D/H-SLP may also include the notification parameter in the SUPL INIT message. The D/H-SLP also calculates and stores the hash of the SUPL INIT message before sending the SUPL INIT message. 162179.doc •40- 201243375 If the D/H-SLP decides to use the previously calculated position in action A, the SUPL INIT message This location can be indicated in the "no location" pdiMei/zoi/ parameter value, and the SET can respond with a SUPL END message carrying the result of the verification procedure (access granted or denied). If no explicit verification is required (only notification is required), the SET can respond with a SUPL END message. The D/H-SLP can then proceed directly to action G. In some implementations, prior to transmitting the SUPL END message, the SET can perform the data connection setup procedure of action C and use the procedure described in action D to establish a transport layer security (TLS) connection to the D/H-SLP. . At action C: SET analyzes the received SUPL INIT message. If it is found that it is not authenticated, the SET does not take another action. No, the SET takes action to prepare for establishing a TLS connection with the D/H-SLP. The SET also calculates the hash of the received SUPL miT message. At action D: SET evaluates the notification policy and takes the appropriate action. The SET can use the D/H-SLP address to establish a TLS connection to the D/H-SLP. The D/H-SLP address is the H-SLP address supplied by the home network or by H-SLP or borrowed. The D-SLP address supplied or verified by the proxy server D-SLP authorized by the H-SLP. The SET then sends a SUPL POS INIT message to begin a positioning session with the D/H-SLP. The SET can still send a SUPL POS INIT message even if the SET does not support the desired positioning method indicated in the SUPL INIT. The SUPL POS INIT message contains a location ID (/ocai/cm/i/), a SET capability (s five rCapMZ/iiiei), and a hash (ver) of the received SUPL INIT message calculated in action C. The SUPL POS INIT message may also include a SUPL POS message carrying: (i) 3GPP LTE Positioning Protocol (LPP), and/or (ii) LPP (LPP/ with 162179.doc • 4b 201243375 OMA LPP extension) LPPe), and/or (iii) 3GPP2 C.S0022 (referred to herein as TIA-801) positioning protocol message conforming to the D/H-SLP location agreement capability (indicated by dPCapdHmei in action B). The SET may also provide its location (if this is supported) (as part of LPP/LPPe/TIA-801 or explicitly via optional location parameters). If the location of the QPP in the SUPL POS INIT message is satisfied (or the location of the Q〇P based on the information received in the SUPL POS INIT message), then the D/H-SLP can be directly Proceed to action F and not engaged in a SUPL POS session. At action E: SET and D/H-SLP engage in SUPL POS message exchange to calculate position. The location method for this session is determined based on the capabilities of the SET and D/H-SLP exchanges during the SUPL POS message exchange or as appropriate in action D. The D/H-SLP calculates the position estimate (via SET assistance) based on the received position measurement, or the SET calculates the position estimate (based on the SET) based on the assistance obtained from the D/H-SLP. At action F: Once the location calculation is complete, the D/H-SLP sends a SUPL END message indicating that the location session has ended to the SET^ SET to release the TLS connection to the D/H-SLP and release the resources associated with the session. . At action G: The D/H-SLP sends the location estimate back to the SUPL agent in the MLP SLIA message, and the D/H-SLP can release the resources associated with this session. Turning next to Figure 8, Figure 8 is a flow diagram illustrating an example message flow that may be used to support a certain mobile device home location service, in accordance with an implementation. More specifically, Figure 8 illustrates an example message for SET start (non-roaming) single positioning 162179. <J6c -42· 201243375 Flow" At action A: SET receives a location request from a SUPL agent (eg, an application) on the SET. The SET takes the appropriate action to establish a secure TLS connection to the D-SLP or to its H-SLP (collectively referred to herein as D/H-SLP). The SET may select D-SLP based on any prior authorization from the H-SLP or proxy server D-SLP for the D-SLP and based on its current approximate location and the servo access network(s) and possibly other criteria H-SLP. At action B: the SET may use the default address provided by the home network for the H-SLP or provided by the H-SLP or by the proxy server D-SLP authorized by the H-SLP for the D-SLP or The verified address is to establish a secure TLS connection to the D/H-SLP and a SUPL START message is sent to begin a positioning session with the D/H-SLP. The SUPL START message contains the location ID (/oc^n〇n/i〇, SET1 capability (sETCapabilities) and optionally the desired QoP. If the previously calculated location of the requested QoP is available at the D/H-SLP, then The D/H-SLP can proceed directly to action F and send a SUPL END message including the position result (ρ〇ί出·〇«) to the SET. At action C: D/H-SLP sends the SUPL RESPONSE message To SET. SUPL RESPONSE contains the desired positioning method (posMei/zoiO and SLPCapabilities). At action D: SET sends SUPL POS INIT message to D/H-SLP. Even if SET does not support the indication in SUPL RESPONSE The SET can still send a SUPL POS INIT message. The SUPL POS INIT message contains the location, SET capability, α,
且視情況含有攜載符合D/H-SLP之定位協定能力(在動作C 162179.doc -43- 201243375 中以所指示)之 LPP/LPPe及 / 或 TIA-801 定位 協定訊息之SUPL POS訊息。SET亦可提供其位置(若此情 形受到支援)(作為LPP/LPPe/TIA-801之部分或明確地經由 可選位置參數)。若可得到滿足Q〇P的在SUPL POS INIT訊 息中所擷取之位置(或滿足QoP的基於在SUPL POS INIT訊 息中所接收之資訊而計算之位置),則D/H-SLP可直接地繼 續進行至動作F,且不從事於SUPL POS會話。 在動作E處:SET及D/H-SLP從事於SUPL POS訊息交換 以計算位置。基於在SUPL POS訊息交換期間或視情況在 動作D中藉由SET及D/H-SLP交換之能力而判定用於此會話 之定位方法。D/H-SLP基於經接收定位量測而計算位置估 計(經SET輔助),或SET基於自D/H-SLP所獲得之辅助而計 算位置估計(以SET為基礎)。 在動作F處:一旦位置計算完成,D/H-SLP就將指示位 置會話已結束之SUPL END訊息發送至SET。必要時, D/H-SLP亦可在SUPL END中發送位置結果。SET 可釋放至D/H-SLP之TLS連接且釋放與此會話有關之資 源。D/H-SLP可釋放與此會話有關之資源。 其他SUPL位置服務包括(例如)經觸發位置服務、週期性 位置服務、至第三方之位置傳送、另一 SET之SET位置、 與緊急呼叫請求相關聯之SET之位置,及位置URI之傳 送。此等SUPL位置服務係由0MA定義(例如,在OMA規範 中,針對SUPL版本2.0之OMA-TS-ULP_V2_0及針對SUPL 版本3.0之OMA-TS-ULP-V3_0),且可經由與D-SLP或E- 162179.doc -44 - 201243375 SLP之SET互動而獲得。對於每一位置服務,當獲得相同 服務時(差異被例示於圖7及圖8中),在SET與D-SLP或E-SLP之間的SUPL互動可相似於在SET與其Η-SLP之間的 SUPL互動。 接下來關注圖9,圖9為根據一實施的說明可用以藉由H-SLP支援供某些位置服務使用之D-SLP及/或E-SLP之授權 之實例訊息流程的流程圖。在此實例中,Η-SLP可為能夠 對代理伺服器SLP以及非代理伺服器SLP進行授權之授權 SLP。此程序可藉由SET調用以針對藉由SET發現的能夠在 其當前位置處或附近將位置服務提供至SET之D-SLP及/或 E-SLP而自Η-SLP獲得授權,及/或自Η-SLP接收能夠在其 當前位置處或附近將位置服務提供至SET之其他經授權D-SLP及/或E-SLP之位址。該程序亦可藉由SET調用以針對 藉由SET發現的在遠離SET之某位置(例如,SET之使用者 期望稍後訪問的位置)處提供位置服務之D-SLP及/或E-SLP 而自Η-SLP獲得授權。Η-SLP未被強迫在此等狀況下提供 授權,但仍然可選擇進行此操作,以便改良位置支援。應 注意,在Η-SLP之提供者與D-SLP或E-SLP之提供者之間可 存在一配置,以避免對D-SLP或E-SLP(在本文中被統稱為 D/E-SLP)之服務過載。該配置可限制D/E-SLP可被同時地 授權之SET的數目。And, where appropriate, SUPL POS messages carrying LPP/LPPe and/or TIA-801 Location Agreement messages that comply with the D/H-SLP Location Agreement Capabilities (as indicated in Action C 162179.doc -43 - 201243375). The SET may also provide its location (if the situation is supported) (as part of LPP/LPPe/TIA-801 or explicitly via optional location parameters). If the position captured in the SUPL POS INIT message that satisfies Q〇P (or the position calculated by the QoP based on the information received in the SUPL POS INIT message) is available, the D/H-SLP can be directly Proceed to action F and not engaged in a SUPL POS session. At action E: SET and D/H-SLP engage in SUPL POS message exchange to calculate position. The location method for this session is determined based on the capabilities of the SET and D/H-SLP exchanges during the SUPL POS message exchange or as appropriate in action D. The D/H-SLP calculates the position estimate (via SET assistance) based on the received position measurement, or the SET calculates the position estimate (based on the SET) based on the assistance obtained from the D/H-SLP. At action F: Once the location calculation is complete, the D/H-SLP sends a SUPL END message indicating that the location session has ended to the SET. The D/H-SLP can also send location results in SUPL END if necessary. The SET can release the TLS connection to the D/H-SLP and release the resources associated with this session. D/H-SLP can release resources related to this session. Other SUPL location services include, for example, triggered location services, periodic location services, location transfer to third parties, SET location of another SET, location of a SET associated with an emergency call request, and location URI transmission. Such SUPL location services are defined by 0MA (eg, in the OMA specification, OMA-TS-ULP_V2_0 for SUPL version 2.0 and OMA-TS-ULP-V3_0 for SUPL version 3.0), and may be via D-SLP or E- 162179.doc -44 - 201243375 SLP's SET interaction. For each location service, when the same service is obtained (differences are illustrated in Figures 7 and 8), the SUPL interaction between SET and D-SLP or E-SLP can be similar to between SET and its Η-SLP SUPL interaction. Turning next to Figure 9, Figure 9 is a flow diagram illustrating an example message flow that may be used to support the authorization of D-SLPs and/or E-SLPs for use by certain location services by H-SLP, in accordance with an implementation. In this example, the Η-SLP may be an authorized SLP capable of authorizing the proxy server SLP and the non-proxy server SLP. This procedure may be invoked by the SET to obtain authorization for the S-LP from the D-SLP and/or E-SLP that can be found by the SET to be able to provide location services to the SET at or near its current location, and/or from The S-SLP receives an address that can provide location services to other authorized D-SLPs and/or E-SLPs of the SET at or near its current location. The program may also be invoked by the SET to provide D-SLP and/or E-SLP for location services at a location remote from the SET (eg, a location that the user of the SET desires to visit later) discovered by the SET. Authorized by S-LP. Η-SLP is not forced to provide authorization under these conditions, but can still choose to do this in order to improve location support. It should be noted that there may be a configuration between the provider of the Η-SLP and the provider of the D-SLP or E-SLP to avoid D-SLP or E-SLP (collectively referred to herein as D/E-SLP). The service is overloaded. This configuration can limit the number of SETs that the D/E-SLP can be simultaneously authorized.
在動作A處:SET調用該程序以自Η-SLP獲得能夠在其當 前位置處或附近或在一些狀況下在某遠端位置處將位置服 務提供至SET的多達某最大數目(例如,十)個經授權D-SLP 162179.doc -45· 201243375 及/或多達某其他最大數目(例如,十)個經授權Ε-SLP的位 址。一旦用於此程序之任何先前調用的任何最小再試週期 已期滿,就可在以下條件中任一者下調用該程序:(a)SET 發現其想要授權的適用於其當前位置或遠端位置的D-SLP 或Ε-SLP位址;(b)在D-SLP授權之狀況下,SET不能夠自 H-SLP獲得足夠的定位服務且不具有經當前授權D-SLP或 具有經當前授權D-SLP,對其之存取歸因於地理區域或存 取網路限定而被禁止(應注意,在某些情況下,D-SLP可保 持被授權直至關聯服務持續時間已期滿為止);及/或(c)在 Ε-SLP授權之狀況下,SET存取並非本籍網路之網路、需 要存取Ε-SLP且不具有經當前授權Ε-SLP或具有經當前授 權Ε-SLP,對其之存取歸因於地理區域或存取網路限定而 被禁止(應注意,在某些情況下,Ε-SLP可保持被授權直至 關聯服務持續時間已期滿為止)。SET可採取適當動作以建 立至H-SLP之安全TLS連接。 在動作B處:SET可使用藉由本籍網路供應之預設位址 以建立至H-SLP之安全TLS連接,且發送SUPL START訊息 以開始與H-SLP之定位會話。SUPL START訊息含有位置 ID(/c>caiz'o«/(5?)及 SET 能力。SUPL START 訊息亦含有指示SET是否請求D-SLP及/或Ε-SLP位址之SLP 查詢參數。對於D-SLP請求,SET可包括藉由H-SLP當前授權之任何D-SLP位址之清單,且可包括偏好D-SLP位址(例如,已發現D-SLP位址)之清單及/或非偏好D-SLP位址(例如,先前不能供SET獲得服務之D-SLP)之清 162179.doc -46- 201243375 單。第一清單上之位址可出現於第二或第三清單上(但非 兩者上)。對於Ε-SLP請求,SET可包括確切地對應於針對 D-SLP請求之清單之三個E-SLP位址清單。在針對D-SLP位 址之請求的狀況下,SET亦可提供自D-SLP所需要之 QoP(例如,含有針對任何經授權D-SLP為較佳的位置準確 度)。SET亦可包括其當前位置估計(若其係可得到的)。 在動作C處:若H-SLP無需獲得SET之位置或驗證在動作 B中所提供之任何位置,則H-SLP繼續進行至動作F。否 則,H-SLP 將 SUPL RESPONSE 訊息發送至 SET。SUPL RESPONSE訊息含有戶斤欲定位方法(户及SLP能力 (sLPCapabilities)。 在動作D處:SET將SUPL POS INIT訊息發送至H-SLP。 即使SET不支援在SUPL RESPONSE中所指示之所欲定位方 法,SET仍可發送 SUPL POS INIT訊息。SUPL POS INIT訊 息含有位置 、SET能力(·?五TCapai?"⑴es),且 視情況含有攜載符合H-SLP之定位協定能力(在動作C中以 所指示)之 LPP 、 LPP/LPPe及 / 或 ΤΙΑ-801 定 位協定訊息的SUPL POS訊息。SET亦可提供其位置(若此 情形受到支援)(作為LPP/LPPe/TIA-801之部分或明確地經 由可選位置參數)。若可得到滿足所要QoP的在SUPL POS [NIT訊息中所擷取之位置(或滿足所要QoP的基於在SUPL POS INIT訊息中所接收之資訊而計算之位置),則D/H-SLP 可直接地繼續進行至動作F,且不從事於SUPL POS會話。 在動作E處:SET及H-SLP從事於SUPL POS訊息交換以 162179.doc • 47· 201243375 計算位置。基於在SUPL POS訊息交換期間或視情況在動 作D中藉由SET及H-SLP交換之能力而判定用於此會話之定 位方法。H-SLP基於經接收定位量測而計算位置估計(經 SET輔助),或SET基於自H-SLP所獲得之輔助而計算位置 估計(以SET為基礎)。 在動作F處:一旦任何位置計算完成,H-SLP就在D-SLP 位址被請求時判定新的經授權D-SLP位址集合及/或在E-SLP位址被請求時判定新的經授權E-SLP位址集合。若SET 請求D-SLP位址且在動作B中提供與此請求相關聯之QoP, 則H-SLP可將QoP考量為在判定是否提供任何D-SLP位址時 之一個因素。H-SLP將SUPL END訊息發送至SET,其中 SLP授權參數(·s/pJwi/zorizai/ow)在D-SLP位址被請求時含有 經授權D-SLP位址清單及/或在E-SLP位址被請求時含有經 授權E-SLP位址清單。每一清單中之位址可以優先級次序 被包括(最高優先級優先),且可替換SET可能已自H_SLP先 前接收之任何先前經授權D-SLP或E-SLP清單。無此清單 或不含有針對特定經請求SLP類型之位址之清單可意謂: 無針對此經請求SLP類型之位址被授權,且SET可移除藉 由H-SLP先前授權之此類型之任何SLP。應注意,當針對 代理伺服器D-SLP或代理伺服器E-SLP之先前授權被移除 時,自代理伺服器D-SLP或代理伺服器E-SLP所接收的針 對D-SLP或E-SLP之任何授權亦可被移除。對於每一所提 供D-SLP或E-SLP位址,Η-SLP可包括SLP位址可被認為有 效之服務持續時間、SLP可被存取之服務區域、可供存取 162179.doc -48- 201243375 SLP之伺服存取網路清單,及定義將如何組合服務區域限 定及存取網路限定之組合類型。在經授權D-SLP位址之狀 況下,Η-SLP亦可提供SET被許可與此D-SLP從事之服務清 單,且可提供用於存取D-SLP相對於存取Η-SLP以得到任 何SET起始位址請求之偏好。Η-SLP亦可指示D-SLP或E-SLP是否分別為被允許充當用於Η-SLP之代理伺服器的代 理伺服器D-SLP或代理伺服器E-SLP,且自身分別將本端 D_SLP或E-SLP位址提供至SET(如下文在圖10之程序中所 描述)。當D-SLP位址係藉由Η-SLP授權時,Η-SLP可指示 其是否希望在無論何時SET改變對不同D-SLP之存取時自 SET接收通知。Η-SLP亦可指示其是否希望接收針對SET存 取經授權以提供網路起始服務之D-SLP及/或針對SET存取 藉由代理伺服器D-SLP授權之D-SLP的此等通知。無論H-SLP是否能夠傳回任何經授權D-SLP及/或E-SLP位址,H-SLP皆可傳回用於重複D-SLP及E-SLP授權程序之最小再試 週期。無最小再試週期可被當作與零再試週期相同。H-SLP亦可提供在動作E中所計算之任何位置估計。SET可釋 放至Η-SLP之TLS連接且釋放與此會話有關之資源。H-SLP 可釋放與此會話有關之資源。 在動作G處:SET隨後可根據以下考慮而存取在動作F中 藉由Η-SLP授權之任何E-SLP或D-SLP以得到SET起始位置 服務(例如,如圖8所例示):(a)D-SLP及E-SLP可以優先級 次序被存取一其中當所有較高優先級位址藉由某其他條件 排除或不能提供服務時存取較低優先級位址;(b)可存取 162179.doc •49- 201243375 D-SLP或E-SLP,只要用於D-SLP或E-SLP之任何服務持續 時間尚未期滿即可(註釋··當服務持續時間期滿時,SET可 終止與D-SLP或E-SLP在進行中之任何會話,除非在E-SLP 之狀況下的法規要求另有需要。為了避免服務損失,SET 可在服務持續時間期滿之前向H-SLP請求當前被使用一段 時間(例如,5分鐘至10分鐘)之D/E-SLP之重新授權);(c) 若SET滿足任何所提供之服務區域及存取網路限定,則可 存取 D-SLP 或 E-SLP。 若組合類型為「AND」,則SET可能需要在服務區域内 及使用經提供用於D/E-SLP之存取網路以便存取D/E-SLP。若組合類型為「OR」,則SET可能需要在服務區域 内或使用經提供用於D/E-SLP之存取網路以便存取D/E-SLP。若組合類型為「有條件OR」,則SET可能需要在服 務區域内,或若SET不能判定其是否在服務區域内,則 SET可能需要使用經提供用於D/E-SLP之存取網路以便存 取D/E-SLP。註釋:SET可使用其最近的位置估計(當前或 先前)以判定任何服務區域條件。該判定可為機率性的(亦 即,以某機率判定在服務區域内之位置)。在滿足用於存 取D/E-SLP之條件之前,SET可能不存取D/E_SLP以幫助驗 證服務區域條件。在滿足存取條件之後,SET可週期性地 重新驗證服務區域條件。若重新驗證失敗,亦即,若SET 不再處於服務區域内,則SET可中斷存取且終止任何正在 進行中之會話。 在D-SLP存取之狀況下,SET可請求經授權服務且可能 162179.doc -50- 201243375 不請求未經授權服務。當Η-SLP並未提供經授權服務清單 時,可忽略此條件。 在D-SLP存取之狀況下,SET可遵循經提供用於Η-SLP存 取之任何偏好。若Η-SLP存取被指示為「非允許」,則無 論何時滿足用於存取至少一 D-SLP之條件,SET皆可能不 存取H-SLP(且因此可存取D-SLP)。應注意,此意謂:若 SET已經嘗試存取至少一 D-SLP,則即使在無D-SLP可提供 所要服務時,仍可能不存取Η-SLP。若Η-SLP存取被指示 為「非偏好」,則若無D-SLP可提供服務,則SET可存取 Η-SLP。若Η-SLP存取被指示為「偏好」,則SET可在嘗試 (且未能)自Η-SLP獲得服務之後存取D-SLP。若無偏好被提 供,則SET可決定其自己的用於存取D-SLP相對於Η-SLP之 偏好。 . 若對D-SLP、E-SLP或Η-SLP之存取失敗(例如,SET不能 建立安全IP連接,或D-SLP、E-SLP或Η-SLP不能提供所要 服務),則SET可根據以上考慮而存取另一 D-SLP、E-SLP 或 Η-SLP。 對於來自經授權D-SLP之網路起始服務請求,SET可忽 略以上限定,只要D-SLP經授權以支援所請求之特定網路 起始服務即可。應注意,此意謂:即使在處於D-SLP或E-SLP之月良務區域夕卜部時及/或在未使用所允許存取網路時, SET仍可接受來自經授權D-SLP或E-SLP之網路起始會話請 求。對於來自E-SLP(無論是否被授權)之網路起始服務請 求,SET首先可遵循關於支援之任何當地法規。一旦任何 162179.doc -51 · 201243375 服務持續時間已期滿,D-SLP或Ε-SLP授權就可被認為終 止。SET接著可移除與此D-SLP或E-SLP相關聯之任何内部 資料。授權亦可針對藉由服務持續時間已期滿之代理伺服 器D-SLP或代理伺服器Ε-SLP授權之任何D-SLP或Ε-SLP被 認為期滿。 現在關注圖10,圖10為根據一實施的說明可用以藉由代 理伺服器D-SLP或代理伺服器E-SLP(在本文中被統稱為代 理伺服器D/E-SLP)支援供某些位置服務使用之D-SLP及/或 之授權之實例訊息流程的流程圖。此程序可藉由 SET調用以分別自代理伺服器D-SLP或代理伺服器Ε-SLP獲 得針對D-SLP或Ε-SLP之授權,該等D-SLP或Ε-SLP係藉由 SET發現,其能夠在SET之當前位置處或附近將位置服務 提供至SET。該程序亦可經調用以自代理伺服器D-SLP接 收其他經授權D-SLP之位址,該等D-SLP能夠在SET之當前 位置處或附近將位置服務提供至SET。在服務區域遠離 SET之情況下D-SLP或Ε-SLP之授權可能不受到代理伺服器 D-SLP或代理伺服器Ε-SLP支援,且此授權可能不被SET期 望。代理伺服器D-SLP或代理伺服器Ε-SLP最初可藉由H-SLP授權,且使用圖9之程序而指明為代理伺服器。H-SLP 亦可提供用於代理伺服器D/E-SLP之伺服區域及/或存取網 路清單。當SET滿足在圖9中之動作G中所定義的用於存取 特定代理伺服器D/E-SLP之所有條件時,SET可存取代理 伺服器D/E-SLP以得到位置服務或請求藉由代理伺服器 D/E-SLP對其他D-SLP或Ε-SLP之授權(若此等D-SLP或E- 162179.doc • 52- 201243375 SLP可提供更好的位置服務)^藉由代理伺服器D/E-SLP授 權之任何D-SLP或E-SLP可有效地限定於根據將如何組合 此等限定而在用於代理伺服器D/E-SLP之服務區域内及/或 自經授權用於代理伺服器D/E-SLP之存取網路提供針對 SET之位置服務。此係因為關於D-SLP及E-SLP存取之策略 (對其進一步描述)最初要求SET在獲得對藉由此代理伺服 器SLP授權之D-SLP或E-SLP之存取之前驗證對代理伺服器 D/E-SLP之存取。對H-SLP之益處可為:H-SLP無需知曉在 代理伺服器D/E-SLP之服務區域内之所有D-SLP及E-SLP(例如,類似於購物中心、機場、火車站等等之伺服小 區域)。當代理伺服器SLP位於與H-SLP不同之國家時,此 益處可顯著。取而代之,代理伺服器D/E-SLP可在對此等 額外D-SLP或E-SLP進行授權時充當用於Η-SLP之代理伺服 器。應注意,在代理伺服器D/E-SLP之提供者與藉由代理 伺服器D/E-SLP授權之D-SLP或E-SLP之提供者之間可存在 一配置’以避免對D/E-SLP之服務過載。該配置可限制 D/E-SLP可被同時地授權之SET的數目。無論何時需要先 前未經授權D-SLP或E-SLP之授權,且倘若SET亦滿足用於 存取代理伺服器D/E-SLP之任何服務區域或存取網路條 件.,則支援來自代理伺服器D/E-SLP之D-SLP或E-SLP授權 之SET皆可優先於自η-SLP獲得授權而使用此配置。 在動作A處:SET調用該程序以分別自經授權代理伺服 器D-SLP或E-SLP獲得多達某最大數目(例如,十)個經授權 D-SLP或多達某其他最大數目(例如,十)個經授權E_slP之 I62179.doc -53- 201243375 位址。代理伺服器D/E-SLP藉由在其自己的伺服區域中對 D-SLP或E-SLP(例如,不為H-SLP所知的D-SLP或E-SLP)進 行授權而充當用於H-SLP之代理伺服器。當SET當前能夠 歸因於處於任何關聯服務區域内及/或使用任何關聯存取 網路而存取代理伺服器D/E-SLP時,且倘若對代理伺服器 D/E-SLP之程序之先前調用的任何最小再試週期已期滿, 則可調用該程序。當滿足此等條件時,SET可在以下額外 條件中任一者適用時調用該程序。SET在代理伺服器d/E-SLP服務區域内及/或自將願意授權的經授權用於代理飼月艮 器D/E-SLP之存取網路(根據將如何組合此等條件)發現D_ SLP或E-SLP位址。在D-SLP授權之狀況下,SET不能夠自 H-SLP或任何經授權D-SLP(包括代理伺服器D-SLP及藉由 代理伺服器D-SLP當前授權之任何D-SLP)獲得適當定位服 務。SET可採取適當動作以建立至代理伺服器D/E-SLP之 安全TLS連接。 在動作B處:SET可使用藉由H-SLP針對代理伺服器D/E-SLP提供之位址以建立至代理伺服器D/E-SLP之安全TLS連 接,且發送SUPL START訊息以開始與代理伺服器D/E-SLP之定位會話。SUPL START訊息可含有位置 及 SET能力 〇五SUPL START 訊息亦可含有指示SET是否請求D-SLP或E_SLP位址之SLP 查詢參數。對於D-SLP請求’ SET可包括藉由代 理伺服器D-SLP當前授權之任何D-SLP位址之清單,且可 包括任何偏好D-SLP位址(例如’已發現D-SLP位址)之清單 162179.doc •54· 201243375 及/或任何非偏好D-SLP位址之清單。第一清單上之位址可 出現於第二或第三清單上(但非兩者上)。對於E-SLP請 求,SET可包括確切地對應於針對D-SLP請求之清單之三 個E-SLP位址清單。在針對D-SLP位址之請求的狀況下, SET亦可提供自D-SLP所需要的針對D-SLP稍後可提供之位 置服務之Q〇P。SET亦可包括其當前位置估計(若其係可得 到的)。 在動作C處:若代理伺服器D/E-SLP無需獲得SET之位置 或驗證在動作B中所提供之任何位置,則代理伺服器D/E-SLP繼續進行至動作F。否則,代理伺服器D/E-SLP將SUPL RESPONSE訊息發送至SET。SUPL RESPONSE含有所欲定 位方法及 SLP能力(sLPCapabilities)。 在動作D處:SET將SUPL POS INIT訊息發送至代理伺服 器D/E-SLP。即使SET不支援在SUPL RESPONSE中所指示 之所欲定位方法,SET仍可發送SUPL POS INIT訊息。 SUPL POS INIT 訊息含有位置 、SET 能力 ⑴α),且視情況含有攜載符合代理伺服器 D/E-SLP之定位協定能力(在動作C中以SjLPCapaW/iiie·?所 指示)之LPP、LPP/LPPe及/或TIA-801定位協定訊息的 SUPL POS訊息。SET亦可提供其位置(若此情形受到支 援)(作為LPP/LPPe/TIA-801之部分或明確地經由可選位置 參數)。若可得到滿足所要Q〇P的在SUPL POS INIT訊息中 所擷取之位置(或滿足所要QoP的基於在SUPL POS INIT訊 息中所接收之資訊而計算之位置),則D/H-SLP可直接地繼 162179.doc -55- 201243375 續進行至動作F,且不從事於SUPL POS會話。 在動作E處:SET及代理伺服器D/E-SLP從事於SUPL POS訊息交換以計算位置。基於在SUPL POS訊息交換期間 或視情況在動作D中藉由SET及代理伺服器D/E-SLP交換之 能力而判定用於此會話之定位方法。代理伺服器D/E-SLP 基於經接收定位量測而計算位置估計(經SET辅助),或SET 基於自代理伺服器D/E-SLP所獲得之輔助而計算位置估計 (以SET為基礎)。 在動作F處:一旦任何位置計算完成,代理伺服器D/E-SLP就在D-SLP位址被請求時判定新的經授權D-SLP位址集 合或在E-SLP位址被請求時判定新的經授權E-SLP位址集 合。若SET請求D-SLP位址且在動作B中提供與此請求相關 聯之QoP,則代理伺服器D-SLP可將QoP考量為在判定是否 提供任何D-SLP位址時之一個因素。代理伺服器D/E-SLP 將SUPL END訊息發送至SET,其中SLP授權參數 在D-SLP位址被請求時含有經授權D-SLP 位址清單或在E-SLP位址被請求時含有經授權E-SLP位址 清單。每一清單中之位址可以優先級次序被包括(最高優 先級優先),且可替換SET可能已自同一代理伺服器D/E-SLP接收之任何先前經授權D-SLP或E-SLP清單。藉由H-SLP或藉由另一代理伺服器D/E-SLP提供之D-SLP及E-SLP 可能不受到影響,且可根據藉由Η-SLP或另一代理伺服器 D/E-SLP提供之參數而保持被授權》無被查詢的來自代理 伺服器D/E-SLP之此清單或不含有特定經請求SLP類型之 162179.doc •56- 201243375At action A: SET invokes the program to obtain up to some maximum number of locations that can provide location services to the SET at a remote location at or near its current location or in some cases (eg, ten) ) Authorized D-SLP 162179.doc -45· 201243375 and/or up to some other maximum number (for example, ten) of authorized Ε-SLP addresses. Once any minimum retry period for any previous calls to this program has expired, the program can be invoked under any of the following conditions: (a) SET finds that it wants to authorize for its current location or remote Location D-SLP or Ε-SLP address; (b) Under the D-SLP grant, the SET is not able to obtain sufficient location services from the H-SLP and does not have a currently authorized D-SLP or has current authorization D-SLP, whose access is prohibited due to geographic area or access network restrictions (note that in some cases, D-SLP may remain authorized until the associated service duration has expired) And/or (c) in the case of the Ε-SLP authorization, the SET accesses the network that is not the home network, needs to access the Ε-SLP and does not have the current authorization Ε-SLP or has the current authorization Ε-SLP The access is denied due to geographic area or access network restrictions (note that in some cases, the S-SLP may remain authorized until the associated service duration has expired). The SET can take appropriate action to establish a secure TLS connection to the H-SLP. At action B: the SET may use a preset address provided by the home network to establish a secure TLS connection to the H-SLP and send a SUPL START message to begin a positioning session with the H-SLP. The SUPL START message contains the location ID (/c>caiz'o«/(5?) and the SET capability. The SUPL START message also contains an SLP query parameter indicating whether the SET requests the D-SLP and/or the Ε-SLP address. - SLP request, the SET may include a list of any D-SLP addresses currently authorized by the H-SLP, and may include a list of preferred D-SLP addresses (eg, D-SLP addresses have been discovered) and/or non- Preference for D-SLP addresses (eg, D-SLPs that were previously unavailable for SET services) 162179.doc -46- 201243375. The address on the first list may appear on the second or third list (but For both Ε-SLP requests, the SET may include a list of three E-SLP addresses that correspond exactly to the list of D-SLP requests. In the case of a request for a D-SLP address, SET The QoP required from the D-SLP may also be provided (eg, with better location accuracy for any authorized D-SLP). The SET may also include its current location estimate (if available). C: If the H-SLP does not need to obtain the position of the SET or verify any position provided in action B, the H-SLP proceeds to action F. Otherwise, H- The SLP sends the SUPL RESPONSE message to the SET. The SUPL RESPONSE message contains the home location method (sLPCapabilities). At action D: SET sends the SUPL POS INIT message to the H-SLP. Even if the SET does not support the SUPL The SET can still send the SUPL POS INIT message according to the desired positioning method indicated in RESPONSE. The SUPL POS INIT message contains the location, SET capability (·?5TCapai?"(1)es), and optionally carries H-SLP The location agreement capability (indicated in action C) of the LPP, LPP/LPPe and/or ΤΙΑ-801 location agreement message SUPL POS message. The SET may also provide its location (if this is supported) (as LPP/LPPe) /TIA-801 part or explicitly via the optional position parameter). If the desired QoP is met, the position taken in the SUPL POS [NIT message (or the required QoP is received based on the SUPL POS INIT message) The D/H-SLP can proceed directly to Action F and not in the SUPL POS session. At Action E: SET and H-SLP engage in SUPL POS message exchange with 162179. Doc • 47· 201243375 Calculate the location. The positioning method for this session is determined based on the ability of the SET and H-SLP exchanges during the SUPL POS message exchange or as appropriate in action D. The H-SLP calculates a position estimate (via SET assistance) based on the received position measurement, or the SET calculates a position estimate (based on the SET) based on the assistance obtained from the H-SLP. At action F: once any location calculation is complete, the H-SLP determines a new set of authorized D-SLP addresses when the D-SLP address is requested and/or determines a new one when the E-SLP address is requested. Authorized E-SLP address set. If the SET requests the D-SLP address and provides the QoP associated with this request in action B, the H-SLP may consider QoP as a factor in deciding whether to provide any D-SLP address. The H-SLP sends a SUPL END message to the SET, where the SLP grant parameter (·s/pJwi/zorizai/ow) contains a list of authorized D-SLP addresses and/or E-SLP when the D-SLP address is requested The address is requested with a list of authorized E-SLP addresses. The addresses in each list may be included in the priority order (highest priority) and the replaceable SET may have received any previously authorized D-SLP or E-SLP list from H_SLP. The absence of this list or a list of addresses for a particular requested SLP type may mean that no address for this requested SLP type is authorized and that the SET may be removed by this type previously authorized by the H-SLP. Any SLP. It should be noted that when the previous authorization for the Proxy Server D-SLP or Proxy Server E-SLP is removed, the D-SLP or E- received from the Proxy Server D-SLP or Proxy Server E-SLP Any authorization of the SLP can also be removed. For each D-SLP or E-SLP address provided, the Η-SLP may include a service duration in which the SLP address can be considered valid, a service area in which the SLP can be accessed, and accessibility 162179.doc -48 - 201243375 SLP's list of servo access networks, and defines how the combination of service area limits and access network limits will be combined. In the case of an authorized D-SLP address, the Η-SLP may also provide a list of services that the SET is permitted to engage with the D-SLP, and may provide for accessing the D-SLP relative to the access Η-SLP for Any preference for a SET start address request. The Η-SLP may also indicate whether the D-SLP or the E-SLP is respectively a proxy server D-SLP or a proxy server E-SLP that is allowed to act as a proxy server for the Η-SLP, and the local D_SLP respectively Or the E-SLP address is provided to the SET (as described below in the procedure of Figure 10). When the D-SLP address is authorized by the Η-SLP, the Η-SLP can indicate whether it wishes to receive a notification from the SET whenever the SET changes access to a different D-SLP. The S-LP may also indicate whether it wishes to receive D-SLPs authorized for SET access to provide network initiation services and/or such as D-SLPs authorized by the proxy server D-SLP for SET accesses. Notice. Regardless of whether the H-SLP can return any authorized D-SLP and/or E-SLP addresses, the H-SLP can return a minimum retry period for repeating the D-SLP and E-SLP grant procedures. No minimum retry period can be considered the same as the zero retry period. The H-SLP can also provide any position estimate calculated in action E. The SET can release the TLS connection to the Η-SLP and release the resources associated with this session. H-SLP can release resources related to this session. At action G: the SET may then access any E-SLP or D-SLP authorized by the Η-SLP in action F to obtain a SET start location service (eg, as illustrated in Figure 8), according to the following considerations: (a) D-SLP and E-SLP may be accessed in a priority order in which a lower priority address is accessed when all higher priority addresses are excluded by some other condition or are not available; (b) Accessible 162179.doc •49- 201243375 D-SLP or E-SLP, as long as the duration of any service for D-SLP or E-SLP has not expired (Note · When the service duration expires, The SET may terminate any session in progress with the D-SLP or E-SLP unless otherwise required by regulatory requirements under the conditions of the E-SLP. To avoid service loss, the SET may forward to H- before the service duration expires. The SLP requests a D/E-SLP re-authorization that is currently used for a period of time (eg, 5 minutes to 10 minutes); (c) is accessible if the SET meets any of the provided service areas and access network restrictions D-SLP or E-SLP. If the combination type is "AND", the SET may need to access the D/E-SLP within the service area and using the access network provided for the D/E-SLP. If the combination type is "OR", the SET may need to be in the service area or use an access network provided for D/E-SLP in order to access the D/E-SLP. If the combination type is "conditional OR", the SET may need to be in the service area, or if the SET cannot determine whether it is in the service area, the SET may need to use the access network provided for D/E-SLP. In order to access the D/E-SLP. Note: The SET can use its most recent location estimate (current or previous) to determine any service area conditions. This determination can be probabilistic (i.e., the location within the service area is determined with a certain probability). The SET may not access the D/E_SLP to help verify the service area conditions until the conditions for accessing the D/E-SLP are met. After the access conditions are met, the SET can periodically re-verify the service area conditions. If the re-authentication fails, that is, if the SET is no longer in the service area, the SET can interrupt access and terminate any ongoing sessions. In the case of D-SLP access, the SET may request an authorized service and may not request unauthorized service 162179.doc -50- 201243375. This condition can be ignored when Η-SLP does not provide a list of authorized services. In the case of D-SLP access, the SET may follow any preferences provided for Η-SLP access. If the Η-SLP access is indicated as "not allowed", the SET may not access the H-SLP (and thus the D-SLP) regardless of when the condition for accessing at least one D-SLP is met. It should be noted that this means that if the SET has attempted to access at least one D-SLP, the Η-SLP may not be accessed even when no D-SLP can provide the desired service. If the Η-SLP access is indicated as "non-preference", the SET can access the Η-SLP if no D-SLP can provide the service. If the Η-SLP access is indicated as "Preference", the SET may access the D-SLP after attempting (and failing) to obtain the service from the Η-SLP. If no preference is provided, the SET may determine its own preference for accessing the D-SLP relative to the Η-SLP. If the access to the D-SLP, E-SLP or Η-SLP fails (for example, the SET cannot establish a secure IP connection, or the D-SLP, E-SLP or Η-SLP cannot provide the desired service), the SET can be based on Access to another D-SLP, E-SLP or Η-SLP is considered above. For network initiating service requests from authorized D-SLPs, the SET may override the above restrictions as long as the D-SLP is authorized to support the particular network initiating service requested. It should be noted that this means that the SET can accept from an authorized D-SLP or even when it is in the D-SLP or E-SLP month of the service area and/or when the allowed access network is not used. The E-SLP network initiates a session request. For network start-up service requests from E-SLP (whether authorized or not), the SET can first follow any local regulations regarding support. Once any 162179.doc -51 · 201243375 service duration has expired, the D-SLP or Ε-SLP authorization can be considered terminated. The SET can then remove any internal data associated with this D-SLP or E-SLP. The authorization may also be considered to expire for any D-SLP or Ε-SLP authorized by the proxy server D-SLP or the proxy server Ε-SLP whose service duration has expired. Attention is now directed to FIG. 10, which is an illustration of an implementation that may be supported by a proxy server D-SLP or a proxy server E-SLP (collectively referred to herein as proxy server D/E-SLP) for certain purposes. Flowchart of the D-SLP and/or authorized instance message flow used by the location service. The program may be invoked by the SET to obtain authorization for the D-SLP or the Ε-SLP from the proxy server D-SLP or the proxy server Ε-SLP, respectively, which are discovered by the SET, It can provide location services to the SET at or near the current location of the SET. The program can also be invoked to receive addresses of other authorized D-SLPs from the proxy server D-SLP, which can provide location services to the SET at or near the current location of the SET. The D-SLP or Ε-SLP authorization may not be supported by the proxy server D-SLP or the proxy server Ε-SLP in the case where the service area is far from the SET, and this authorization may not be expected by the SET. The proxy server D-SLP or proxy server Ε-SLP may initially be authorized by the H-SLP and designated as a proxy server using the procedure of FIG. The H-SLP can also provide a list of servo areas and/or access networks for the proxy server D/E-SLP. The SET may access the proxy server D/E-SLP to obtain a location service or request when the SET satisfies all of the conditions defined in action G in Figure 9 for accessing a particular proxy server D/E-SLP. Authorization of other D-SLPs or Ε-SLPs by proxy server D/E-SLP (if such D-SLP or E-162179.doc • 52-201243375 SLP can provide better location services) Any D-SLP or E-SLP authorized by the Proxy Server D/E-SLP may be effectively limited to be within the service area for the Proxy Server D/E-SLP and/or from the manner in which such restrictions are to be combined. The access network authorized for the proxy server D/E-SLP provides location services for the SET. This is because the policy regarding D-SLP and E-SLP access (further described) initially requires the SET to verify the proxy before gaining access to the D-SLP or E-SLP authorized by the proxy server SLP. Server D/E-SLP access. The benefit to H-SLP can be: H-SLP does not need to know all D-SLP and E-SLP in the service area of the proxy server D/E-SLP (for example, similar to shopping centers, airports, train stations, etc. Servo small area). This benefit can be significant when the proxy server SLP is located in a different country than the H-SLP. Instead, the proxy server D/E-SLP can act as a proxy server for the Η-SLP when authorizing these additional D-SLPs or E-SLPs. It should be noted that there may be a configuration between the provider of the proxy server D/E-SLP and the provider of the D-SLP or E-SLP authorized by the proxy server D/E-SLP to avoid D/ The service of E-SLP is overloaded. This configuration can limit the number of SETs that the D/E-SLP can be granted simultaneously. Support from a previous unauthorized D-SLP or E-SLP, and if the SET also satisfies any service area or access network conditions for accessing the proxy server D/E-SLP, then support from the agent The D-SLP of the server D/E-SLP or the SET authorized by the E-SLP can use this configuration in preference to obtaining authorization from the η-SLP. At action A: SET invokes the program to obtain up to a certain maximum number (eg, ten) of authorized D-SLPs or up to some other maximum number from the authorized proxy server D-SLP or E-SLP, respectively (eg , ten) I62179.doc -53- 201243375 addresses authorized E_slP. The proxy server D/E-SLP acts as a proxy for authorizing D-SLP or E-SLP (eg, D-SLP or E-SLP not known to H-SLP) in its own servo region. H-SLP proxy server. When the SET is currently able to access the proxy server D/E-SLP due to being in any associated service area and/or using any associated access network, and if the program for the proxy server D/E-SLP is The program can be called if any of the minimum retry cycles previously called have expired. When these conditions are met, the SET can call the program when any of the following additional conditions apply. The SET is found in the proxy server d/E-SLP service area and/or from an access network authorized to be authorized for the agent's D/E-SLP (according to how these conditions will be combined) D_SLP or E-SLP address. In the case of D-SLP authorization, the SET cannot be properly obtained from the H-SLP or any authorized D-SLP (including the Proxy Server D-SLP and any D-SLP currently authorized by the Proxy Server D-SLP) positioning service. The SET may take appropriate action to establish a secure TLS connection to the proxy server D/E-SLP. At action B: the SET may use the address provided by the H-SLP for the proxy server D/E-SLP to establish a secure TLS connection to the proxy server D/E-SLP and send a SUPL START message to begin with The positioning session of the proxy server D/E-SLP. The SUPL START message may contain location and SET capabilities. The SUPL START message may also contain SLP query parameters indicating whether the SET requests the D-SLP or E_SLP address. For the D-SLP request 'SET may include a list of any D-SLP addresses currently authorized by the proxy server D-SLP, and may include any preference D-SLP address (eg 'D-SLP address found') A list of 162179.doc •54·201243375 and/or any non-preference D-SLP addresses. The address on the first list can appear on the second or third list (but not both). For E-SLP requests, the SET may include a list of three E-SLP addresses that correspond exactly to the list of D-SLP requests. In the case of a request for a D-SLP address, the SET may also provide Q〇P required by the D-SLP for the location service that the D-SLP can provide later. The SET may also include its current location estimate (if it is available). At action C: If the proxy server D/E-SLP does not need to obtain the location of the SET or verify any location provided in action B, then the proxy server D/E-SLP proceeds to action F. Otherwise, the proxy server D/E-SLP sends a SUPL RESPONSE message to the SET. SUPL RESPONSE contains the desired positioning method and SLP Capabilities. At action D: The SET sends a SUPL POS INIT message to the proxy server D/E-SLP. The SET can still send a SUPL POS INIT message even if the SET does not support the desired positioning method indicated in SUPL RESPONSE. The SUPL POS INIT message contains the location, SET capability (1)α), and optionally includes LPP, LPP/ carrying the location protocol capability of the proxy server D/E-SLP (indicated by SjLPCapaW/iiie? in action C). SUPL POS message for LPPe and/or TIA-801 Location Agreement messages. The SET may also provide its location (if this is supported) (as part of LPP/LPPe/TIA-801 or explicitly via optional location parameters). If the position captured in the SUPL POS INIT message (or the position of the desired QoP based on the information received in the SUPL POS INIT message) is satisfied, the D/H-SLP may be obtained. Directly following 162179.doc -55- 201243375 continues to action F, and does not engage in SUPL POS sessions. At action E: SET and proxy server D/E-SLP engage in SUPL POS message exchange to calculate position. The location method for this session is determined based on the ability to exchange between the SET and the proxy server D/E-SLP during the SUPL POS message exchange or as appropriate in action D. The proxy server D/E-SLP calculates the position estimate based on the received positioning measurement (via SET assistance), or the SET calculates the position estimate based on the assistance obtained from the proxy server D/E-SLP (based on SET) . At action F: Once any location calculation is complete, the proxy server D/E-SLP determines the new authorized D-SLP address set when the D-SLP address is requested or when the E-SLP address is requested A new set of authorized E-SLP addresses is determined. If the SET requests the D-SLP address and provides the QoP associated with the request in action B, the proxy server D-SLP may consider QoP as a factor in determining whether to provide any D-SLP address. The proxy server D/E-SLP sends a SUPL END message to the SET, where the SLP grant parameter contains a list of authorized D-SLP addresses when the D-SLP address is requested or contains when the E-SLP address is requested Authorize the E-SLP address list. The addresses in each list may be included in priority order (highest priority first), and the replaceable SET may have received any previously authorized D-SLP or E-SLP list from the same proxy server D/E-SLP . D-SLP and E-SLP provided by H-SLP or by another proxy server D/E-SLP may not be affected, and may be based on Η-SLP or another proxy server D/E- The SLP provides parameters that remain authorized. This list is not queried from the proxy server D/E-SLP or does not contain a specific requested SLP type. 162179.doc •56- 201243375
位址之清單可意謂:無此經請求SLP類型之位址藉由代理 伺服器D/E-SLP授權,且SET可移除藉由代理伺服器D/E-SLP先前授權之任何位址。對於每一所提供D-SLP或E-SLP 位址,代理伺服器D/E-SLP可包括SLP位址可被認為有效 之服務持續時間、SLP位址可被存取之服務區域、可供存 取SLP位址之伺服存取網路清單,及定義將如何組合服務 區域限定及存取網路限定之組合類型。在所提供D-SLP位 址之狀況下,代理伺服器D-SLP可能不提供SET被許可與 此D-SLP從事之服務清單,此係因為此情形可與藉由H-SLP針對代理伺服器D-SLP授權之服務衝突。取而代之, SET可採取藉由Η-SLP針對代理伺服器D-SLP先前授權之相 同服務。代理伺服器D-SLP可能不提供用於存取Η-SLP之 偏好或提供用於在D-SLP被存取時通知η-SLP之請求,且 SET可忽略任何此等指示(若被接收)。無論代理伺服器 D/E-SLP是否能夠傳回經授權D-SLP及/或E-SLP位址,代 理伺服器D/E皆可將用於重複D-SLP或E-SLP授權程序之最 小再試週期傳回至同一代理伺服器D/E-SLP。無最小再試 週期可被當作與零再試週期相同^ SET可釋放至代理飼服 器D/E-SLP之TLS連接且釋放與此會話有關之資源。代理 伺服器D/E-SLP可釋放與此會話有關之資源。SET可忽略 且不作用於(如在動作G中所指定)藉由代理伺服器d/E-SLP 授權之任何D-SLP或E-SLP ’只要同一D-SLP或E-SLP藉由 Η-SLP授權即可。SET可保持且分離地作用於(如在動作〇 中所指定)來自不同代理伺服器D/E-SLP的針對同一 D-SLP 162179.doc -57· 201243375 或E-SLP之任何授權。 在動作G處:SET隨後可根據使用兩個遞回等級之以下 考慮而存取在動作F中藉由代理伺服器D/E-SLP針對SET起 始位置服務提供之任何E-SLP或D-SLP : (a) SET最初可遵循在圖9之動作G中所定義之策略以判 定存取H-SLP抑或藉由H-SLP直接地授權之D-SLP或E-SLP ;若SET判定可存取代理伺服器D-SLP或代理伺服器E-SLP且代理伺服器D/E-SLP自身已對一或多個其他SLP進行 授權,則SET可遵循以下考慮以判定存取代理伺服器d/E-SLP抑或藉由代理伺服器D/E-SLP授權之SLP ; (b) 藉由代理伺服器D/E-SLP提供之D-SLP或E-SLP可以 優先級次序被存取一其中當所有較高優先級位址藉由某其 他條件排除或不能提供服務時存取較低優先級位址; (c) 可存取D-SLP或E-SLP,只要用於D-SLP或E-SLP之 任何服務持續時間尚未期滿即可(註釋:當服務持續時間 期滿時,SET可終止與D-SLP或E-SLP在進行中之任何會 話,除非在E-SLP之狀況下的法規要求另有需要。為了避 免服務損失,SET可在服務持續時間期滿之前向授權代理 伺服器D/E-SLP請求當前被使用一段時間(例如,5分鐘至 10分鐘)之D/E-SLP之重新授權); (d) 若SET滿足藉由代理伺服器d/E-SLP提供之任何服務 區域及存取網路限定’則可存取藉由代理伺服器D/E-SLP 提供之D-SLP或E-SLP;若組合類型為「AND」,則SET可 能需要在服務區域内及使用經提供用於D/E-SLP之存取網 162179.doc -58· 201243375 路;若組合類型為「OR」,則SET可能需要在服務區域内 或使用經提供用於D/E-SLP之存取網路;若組合類型為 「有條件OR」,則SET可能需要在服務區域内,或若SET 不能判定其是否在服務區域内,則SET可能需要使用經提 供用於D/E-SLP之存取網路(註釋:SET可使用其最近的位 置估計(當前或先前)以判定任何服務區域條件;該判定可 為機率性的(例如,以某機率判定在服務區域内之位置); 在滿足用於存取D/E-SLP之條件之前,SET可能不存取 D/E-SLP以幫助驗證服務區域條件;在滿足存取條件之 後,SET可週期性地重新驗證服務區域條件;若重新驗證 失敗,例如’若SET不再處於服務區域内’則SET可中斷 存取且終止任何正在進行中之會話;在D_SLp存取之狀況 下,SET可請求藉由H-SLP針對代理伺服器d-SLP授權之服 務); (e) 通常可偏好存取藉由代理伺服器d/E-SLP授權之D-SLP或E-SLP(倘若此情形滿足先前條件),而非存取代理伺 服器D/E-SLP ;及/或 (f) 若對D-SLP、E-SLP或H-SLP之存取失敗(例如,SET 不能建立安全IP連接’或D-SLP、E-SLP或H-SLP不能提供 所要服務)’則SET可根據以上條件而存取另一 d-SLP、E-SLP或H-SLP。 對於來自藉由代理伺服器D-SLP授權之D-SLP之網路起 始服務請求’ SET可忽略以上限定,只要代理伺服器D_ SLP藉由H-SLP授權以支援所請求之特定網路起始服務即 162179.doc -59- 201243375 可。因此,SET可接受來自藉由經授權代理伺服器D/E-SLP授權之D/E-SLP之網路起始會話請求,即使當處於前 者之服務區域外及/或當不使用所允許存取網路時亦如 此。然而,可能仍遵循隱私要求(例如,如針對每一網路 起始服務所定義)。對於來自E-SLP(無論是否被授權)之網 路起始服務請求,SET首先可遵循關於支援之任何當地法 規。一旦用於D-SLP或E-SLP或用於父代代理伺服器D/E· SLP之任何關聯服務持續時間已期滿,來自代理伺服器 D/E-SLP之D-SLP或E-SLP授權就可被認為終止。SET接著 可移除與此D-SLP或E-SLP相關聯之任何内部資料。 接下來關注圖11,圖11為根據一實施的說明可用以支援 供某些位置服務使用之D-SLP/E-SLP之未經懇求授權之實 例訊息流程的流程圖。此程序可藉由Η-SLP或藉由代理伺 服器D-SLP或代理伺服器E-SLP調用以將經授權D-SLP及/ 或E-SLP位址提供至SET。當SUPL END係藉由D/E/H-SLP 發送以正常地終止SUPL會話時,該程序適用。 在動作A處:SET及D/E/H-SLP從事於可藉由SET或藉由 D-SLP、E-SLP或Η-SLP(在本文中被統稱為D/E/H-SLP)起 始之立即或延緩SUPL會話。動作A之實例包括圖7中之網 路起始位置會話及圖8中之SET起始位置會話。 在動作B處:一旦SUPL會話完成(惟發送最終SUPL END 訊息除外)’ D/E/H-SLP就判定可基於當前SET位置及藉由 SET使用之(多個)當前存取網路之經授權D-SLP位址及/或 E-SLP位址集合一例如’如在動作A中藉由D/E/H-SLP所獲 162179.doc • 60. 201243375 得。D/E/H-SLP將SUPL END訊息發送至SET,其中SLP授 權參數O/pJMi/zorz'zaiio”)含有經授權D-SLP及/或E-SLP位 址清單。每一清單中之位址可以優先級次序被包括(最高 優先級優先),且替換SET可能已自同一 D/E/H-SLP接收之 任何先前經授權D-SLP或E-SLP清單。藉由不同代理伺服 器D/E-SLP提供之D-SLP及E-SLP可能不受到影響,除非代 理伺服器D/E-SLP已被藉由Η-SLP在SUPL END中所提供之 其他SLP替換。在後者狀況下’亦可移除藉由此經替換代 理伺服器D/E-SLP提供之任何SLP。對於每一所提供D-SLP 或E-SLP位址,D/E/H-SLP可包括SLP位址可被認為有效之 服務持續時間、SLP位址可被存取之服務區域、可供存取 SLP位址之伺服存取網路清單,及定義將如何組合服務區 域限定及存取網路限定之組合類型。在所提供D-SLP位址 之狀況下,Η-SLP而非代理伺服器D-SLP可提供SET被許可 與此D-SLP從事之服務清單。Η-SLP而非代理伺服器D-SLP 亦可提供用於存取Η-SLP相對於存取D-SLP之偏好,及/或 可提供用於在D-SLP被存取時通知Η-SLP之請求。H/D/E-SLP亦可傳回用於查詢同一D/E/H-SLP以得到另外D-SLP及/ 或E-SLP授權之最小再試週期。無最小再試週期可被當作 與零再試週期相同。SET可釋放至D/E/H-SLP之TLS連接且 釋放與該會話有關之資源。D/E/H-SLP可釋放與該會話有 關之資源。 在動作C處:SET隨後可存取在動作B中藉由D/E/H-SLP 提供之任何E-SLP或D-SLP以得到SET起始位置服務,及/ 162l79.doc -61- 201243375 或可接受來自任何此D-SLP或Ε-SLP之網路起始位置請 求。用於此存取之策略係與在藉由H-SLP授權之D-SLP或 Ε-SLP之狀況下的圖9之動作G中或在藉由代理伺服器D-SLP或代理伺服器Ε-SLP授權之D-SLP或Ε-SLP之狀況下的 圖10之動作G中所定義的策略相同。 接下來關注圖12,圖12為根據一實施的說明可用以向H-SLP提供關於行動器件存取具有某些位置服務之D-SLP/E-SLP之通知之實例訊息流程的流程圖。此程序可藉由SET 調用以向H-SLP通知藉由SET之D-SLP存取之改變。此情形 可使H-SLP能夠追蹤哪一 D-SLP將能夠存取SET以執行網路 起始位置服務一例如,若發送至H-SLP的來自外部LCS代 理之位置請求需要轉遞或重新導向至D-SLP。在不能到達 H-SLP之情況下,SET稍後可重新嘗試該程序且可向H-SLP 通知經最近存取D-SLP。為了避免被通知未被允許執行網 路起始服務之D-SLP,H-SLP可將此程序限定於經授權以 執行網路起始服務之D-SLP » H-SLP亦可包括或排除對SET 存取藉由代理伺服器D-SLP授權之D-SLP之通知。 在動作A處:SET第一次或在其已存取被通知給H-SLP之 一或多個其他D-SLP之後第一次存取一 D-SLP。若D-SLP未 經授權以執行網路起始服務且H-SLP請求針對經授權以執 行網路起始服務之D-SLP之通知,或若D-SLP藉由代理伺 服器D-SLP授權且H-SLP不請求對藉由代理伺服器D-SLP授 權之D-SLP之通知,則SET可能不採取動作。否則,SET可 採取適當動作以建立至H-SLP之安全TLS連接。 162179.doc •62· 201243375 在動作B處:SET可使用藉由本籍網路供應之預設位址 以使H-SLP建立至H-SLP之安全TLS連接,且可將SUPL REPORT訊息發送至H-SLP。SUPL REPORT訊息可含有經 存取D-SLP之位址。 H-SLP可將指示位置會話已結束之SUPL END訊息發送 至SET。H-SLP可釋放與此會話有關之資源。 接下來關注圖13,圖13為根據一實施的說明可用以用重 新通知來獲得關於某些位置服務之會話資訊之實例訊息流 程的流程圖。訊息流程可藉由H-SLP或代理伺服器D-SLP 使用以查詢SET以得到針對SET當前授權之D-SLP及/或E-SLP清單。在接收此清單之後,H-SLP或代理伺服器D-SLP 可選擇向SET提供新的經授權D-SLP及/或E-SLP清單。 會話資訊查詢服務適用於H-SLP或D-SLP(在本文中被統 稱為D/H-SLP),且可使D/H-SLP能夠執行以下操作中之一 或多者(取決於SET之能力):查詢SET以得到作用中SUPL 會話資訊;執行針對作用中網路起始會話之重新通知或重 新通知及驗證;在不等待下一報告時間間隔的情況下終止 任何正在進行中之經觸發會話;關於經當前授權D-SLP及/ 或E-SLP來查詢SET(適用於H-SLP或代理伺服器D-SLP); 及/或提供新的D-SLP及/或E-SLP位址(自H-SLP或代理伺服 器D-SLP所許可)》若此等程序中之一者被嘗試且SET不支 援該服務,則SET可(例如)將SUPL END訊息發送至D/H_ SLP,SUPL END訊息含有會話資訊查詢服務之會話識別 符及狀態碼「serviceNotSupported」。 162179.doc -63· 201243375 在動作A處:一或多個經觸發SUPL會話可在進行中。 在動作B處:D/H-SLP使用SUPL INIT訊息來起始與SET 之「查詢會話資訊」會話。SUPL INIT訊息含有定位方法 及 SLP 能力(slPCapaWme·?)。查詢會話資訊 係藉由定位方法指示:。在發 送SUPL INIT訊息之前,D/H-SLP亦計算及儲存該訊息之 雜凑。 在動作C處:SET分析經接收SUPL INIT訊息。若發現未 鑑認,則SET不採取另外動作。否則,SET採取所需動 作,從而準備建立與D/H-SLP之TLS連接》 在動作D處:SET將SUPL REPORT訊息傳回至D/H-SLP,SUPL REPORT訊息包括與請求D/H-SLP之所有當前 作用中會話之會話識別符清單。對於來自H-SLP之請求,SET亦可包括經當前授權D-SLP及/或E-SLP之 位址清單,該清單包括藉由經當 前授權代理伺服器D-SLP或代理伺服器E-SLP當前授權之 任何D-SLP或E-SLP之位址。對於來自代理伺服器D-SLP之 請求,SET可包括藉由此代理伺服器D-SLP當前授權之所 有D-SLP之位址清單。在此内容背 景中之經當前授權意謂:針對D-SLP或E-SLP藉由H-SLP或 代理伺服器D-SLP早先提供之任何服務持續時間尚未期 滿。SET亦可在SUPL REPORT訊息中發送SET能力 (j五7Υ7<3;?<26ζ7"ζϋ·)。若暫停任何會話,則SET亦可包括所有 經當前暫停會話之會話識別符清單。 162I79.doc -64- 201243375 SUPL REPORT訊息亦含有經接收SUPL INIT訊息之雜湊 (ver)。註釋:亦包括(多個)任何經暫停會話, 此係因為經暫停會話被視為作用中會話。 在動作E處:若基於用戶隱私之檢查及如加參數 中所指.示的自從針對任何作用中經觸發會話最後發生之通 知/驗證起之逝去時間而需要重新通知或重新通知及驗 證,則將SUPL NOTIFY訊息發送至SET,SUPL NOTIFY訊 息包括需要重新通知或重新通知及驗證之所有會話之會話 識别符清單(notificationList)。notificationList參數亦包括 每一會話之通知類型。若不存在需要重新通知或重新通知 及驗證之會話,則D/H-SLP可直接地將SUPL END訊息發 送至SET。在H-SLP或代理伺服器D-SLP之狀況下,SUPL END可包括SLP授權,SLP授權包括經授權D-SLP位址清 單;及/或在H-SLP之狀況下可包括SLP授權,SLP授權包 括經授權E-SLP位址清單。此等清單之内容及處理可與圖9 之動作F及G中針對Η-SLP查詢或圖10之動作F及G中針對代 理伺服器D-SLP查詢所描述的内容及處理相同,惟如下情 形除外:若未針對特定SLP類型提供清單,則SET可繼續 使用針對此SLP類型之先前授權。應注意,若提供不含有 SLP位址之清單,則可移除先前經授權清單。若先前清單 含有任何代理伺服器D/E-SLP,則亦可移除此等代理伺服 器D/E-SLP所提供之任何授權清單。The list of addresses may mean that no such requested SLP type address is authorized by the proxy server D/E-SLP, and the SET may remove any address previously authorized by the proxy server D/E-SLP . For each D-SLP or E-SLP address provided, the proxy server D/E-SLP may include a service duration in which the SLP address can be considered valid, a service area in which the SLP address can be accessed, available A list of servo access networks that access the SLP address and define how the combination of service area qualification and access network restrictions will be combined. In the case of the provided D-SLP address, the proxy server D-SLP may not provide a list of services that the SET is permitted to engage with this D-SLP, as this scenario may be related to the proxy server by H-SLP. D-SLP authorized service conflicts. Instead, the SET may take the same service previously authorized by the Η-SLP for the proxy server D-SLP. The proxy server D-SLP may not provide a preference for accessing the Η-SLP or provide a request to notify the η-SLP when the D-SLP is accessed, and the SET may ignore any such indication (if received) . Regardless of whether the proxy server D/E-SLP can return authorized D-SLP and/or E-SLP addresses, the proxy server D/E can minimize the use of duplicate D-SLP or E-SLP grant procedures. The retry cycle is passed back to the same proxy server D/E-SLP. The no minimum retry period can be considered the same as the zero retry period. The SET can be released to the TLS connection of the proxy D/E-SLP and release the resources associated with this session. The proxy server D/E-SLP can release resources related to this session. The SET can be ignored and does not act (as specified in action G) any D-SLP or E-SLP authorized by the proxy server d/E-SLP as long as the same D-SLP or E-SLP is passed by - SLP is authorized. The SET may remain and act separately (as specified in action )) for any authorization from the different proxy server D/E-SLP for the same D-SLP 162179.doc -57· 201243375 or E-SLP. At action G: the SET may then access any E-SLP or D- provided by the proxy server D/E-SLP for the SET start location service in action F, based on the following considerations using two recursive levels. SLP: (a) The SET may initially follow the policy defined in action G of Figure 9 to determine whether to access the H-SLP or directly authorize the D-SLP or E-SLP by the H-SLP; if the SET decision is available, Taking the proxy server D-SLP or proxy server E-SLP and the proxy server D/E-SLP itself has authorized one or more other SLPs, the SET may follow the following considerations to determine the access proxy server d/ E-SLP or SLP authorized by proxy server D/E-SLP; (b) D-SLP or E-SLP provided by proxy server D/E-SLP can be accessed in priority order All higher priority addresses access lower priority addresses when certain other conditions are excluded or services are not available; (c) D-SLP or E-SLP can be accessed as long as they are used for D-SLP or E- Any service duration of the SLP has not expired (Note: When the service duration expires, the SET may terminate any session in progress with the D-SLP or E-SLP, except in the case of E-SLP The following regulatory requirements require additional. In order to avoid service loss, the SET may request the authorized proxy server D/E-SLP to request the D/E-SLP for a period of time (eg, 5 minutes to 10 minutes) before the service duration expires. (-) Re-authorization of E-SLP); (d) Access to proxy server D/E-SLP if SET meets any service area and access network defined by proxy server d/E-SLP Provided as D-SLP or E-SLP; if the combination type is "AND", the SET may need to be in the service area and use the access network provided for D/E-SLP 162179.doc -58· 201243375; If the combination type is "OR", the SET may need to be in the service area or use the access network provided for D/E-SLP; if the combination type is "conditional OR", the SET may need to be in the service area. Within, or if the SET cannot determine if it is within the service area, the SET may need to use the access network provided for the D/E-SLP (note: the SET may use its most recent location estimate (current or previous) to Determining any service area condition; this decision can be probabilistic (for example, at a certain probability Determining the location within the service area); the SET may not access the D/E-SLP to help verify the service area condition until the conditions for accessing the D/E-SLP are met; after the access condition is met, the SET may Periodically re-verify the service area condition; if the re-authentication fails, for example, 'If the SET is no longer in the service area', the SET can interrupt access and terminate any ongoing session; in the case of D_SLp access, the SET can Requesting a service authorized by the H-SLP for the proxy server d-SLP); (e) generally prefer to access the D-SLP or E-SLP authorized by the proxy server d/E-SLP (if this situation is satisfied) Previous condition), instead of accessing the proxy server D/E-SLP; and/or (f) if access to the D-SLP, E-SLP or H-SLP fails (eg, SET cannot establish a secure IP connection) Or the D-SLP, E-SLP or H-SLP cannot provide the desired service) 'The SET can access another d-SLP, E-SLP or H-SLP according to the above conditions. For the network origination service request from the D-SLP authorized by the proxy server D-SLP, the SET may ignore the above limitation as long as the proxy server D_SLP is authorized by the H-SLP to support the requested specific network. Start service is 162179.doc -59- 201243375. Thus, the SET can accept a network initiated session request from a D/E-SLP authorized by an authorized proxy server D/E-SLP, even when outside the service area of the former and/or when not allowed to use The same is true when taking the network. However, privacy requirements may still be followed (e.g., as defined for each network initiating service). For network start service requests from E-SLP (whether authorized or not), the SET can first follow any local regulations regarding support. Once the duration of any associated service for the D-SLP or E-SLP or for the parent proxy server D/E. SLP has expired, the D-SLP or E-SLP from the proxy server D/E-SLP Authorization can be considered terminated. The SET can then remove any internal data associated with this D-SLP or E-SLP. Turning next to Figure 11, Figure 11 is a flow diagram illustrating an example message flow that may be used to support unsolicited authorization of D-SLP/E-SLP for use by certain location services, in accordance with an implementation. This procedure can be invoked by the Η-SLP or by the proxy server D-SLP or proxy server E-SLP to provide the authorized D-SLP and/or E-SLP address to the SET. This procedure applies when SUPL END is sent by D/E/H-SLP to terminate the SUPL session normally. At action A: SET and D/E/H-SLP are engaged by SET or by D-SLP, E-SLP or Η-SLP (collectively referred to herein as D/E/H-SLP) Immediately or delay the SUPL session. Examples of action A include the network start location session in Figure 7 and the SET start location session in Figure 8. At action B: Once the SUPL session is complete (except for the final SUPL END message), the D/E/H-SLP determines that the current access network(s) can be used based on the current SET location and by the SET. The authorized D-SLP address and/or E-SLP address set is, for example, 'obtained in action A by D/E/H-SLP 162179.doc • 60. 201243375. The D/E/H-SLP sends a SUPL END message to the SET, where the SLP authorization parameter O/pJMi/zorz'zaiio") contains a list of authorized D-SLP and/or E-SLP addresses. The address may be included in the priority order (highest priority first), and the replacement SET may have received any previously authorized D-SLP or E-SLP list from the same D/E/H-SLP. By different proxy server D The D-SLP and E-SLP provided by /E-SLP may not be affected unless the proxy server D/E-SLP has been replaced by the other SLP provided by Η-SLP in SUPL END. In the latter case' Any SLP provided by the alternate proxy server D/E-SLP may also be removed. For each provided D-SLP or E-SLP address, the D/E/H-SLP may include an SLP address. The service duration that is considered valid, the service area where the SLP address can be accessed, the list of servo access networks that can access the SLP address, and the combination of how the service area is defined and the access network is defined. Type. In the case of the provided D-SLP address, the Η-SLP instead of the proxy server D-SLP can provide a list of services that the SET is licensed to engage with this D-SLP.Η-SL The P, rather than the proxy server D-SLP, may also provide a preference for accessing the Η-SLP relative to accessing the D-SLP, and/or may provide a request to notify the Η-SLP when the D-SLP is accessed. The H/D/E-SLP can also return the minimum retry period for querying the same D/E/H-SLP for additional D-SLP and/or E-SLP authorization. No minimum retry period can be considered as The zero retry period is the same. The SET can be released to the TLS connection of the D/E/H-SLP and release the resources associated with the session. The D/E/H-SLP can release the resources associated with the session. At action C: SET Any E-SLP or D-SLP provided by D/E/H-SLP in Action B can then be accessed to obtain the SET Start Location Service, and /162l79.doc -61- 201243375 or acceptable from any Network start location request for D-SLP or Ε-SLP. The policy for this access is in action G of Figure 9 under the condition of D-SLP or Ε-SLP authorized by H-SLP or The strategy defined in action G of Figure 10 in the case of D-SLP or Ε-SLP authorized by the proxy server D-SLP or proxy server Ε-SLP is the same. Next, attention is given to Figure 12, which is Instructions according to an implementation may be used to provide H-SLP A flow chart of an example message flow for a mobile device to access a notification of a D-SLP/E-SLP with certain location services. This procedure can be invoked by the SET to notify the H-SLP of the D-SLP access via the SET. Change. This situation enables the H-SLP to track which D-SLP will be able to access the SET to perform the network start location service - for example, if a location request from an external LCS proxy sent to the H-SLP needs to be forwarded or redirected To D-SLP. In the event that the H-SLP cannot be reached, the SET can later retry the program and can inform the H-SLP of the most recent access to the D-SLP. In order to avoid being notified of D-SLPs that are not allowed to perform network start services, the H-SLP may limit this procedure to D-SLPs authorized to perform network start services. » H-SLP may also include or exclude pairs The SET accesses the notification of the D-SLP authorized by the proxy server D-SLP. At action A: the SET accesses a D-SLP for the first time or for the first time after it has been notified to one or more other D-SLPs of the H-SLP. If the D-SLP is not authorized to perform the network start service and the H-SLP request is for the D-SLP that is authorized to perform the network start service, or if the D-SLP is authorized by the proxy server D-SLP And the H-SLP does not request notification of the D-SLP authorized by the proxy server D-SLP, the SET may take no action. Otherwise, the SET can take the appropriate action to establish a secure TLS connection to the H-SLP. 162179.doc •62· 201243375 At action B: SET can use the default address provided by the home network to enable the H-SLP to establish a secure TLS connection to the H-SLP, and can send the SUPL REPORT message to H -SLP. The SUPL REPORT message may contain the address of the accessed D-SLP. The H-SLP can send a SUPL END message indicating that the location session has ended to the SET. The H-SLP can release resources related to this session. Turning next to Figure 13, Figure 13 is a flow diagram illustrating an example message flow that may be used to obtain session information for certain location services with re-notification, in accordance with an implementation. The message flow can be used by the H-SLP or proxy server D-SLP to query the SET for a D-SLP and/or E-SLP list that is currently authorized for the SET. After receiving this list, the H-SLP or proxy server D-SLP may choose to provide the SET with a new authorized D-SLP and/or E-SLP list. The session information query service is applicable to H-SLP or D-SLP (collectively referred to herein as D/H-SLP) and enables the D/H-SLP to perform one or more of the following operations (depending on the SET) Capability): Query the SET to get the active SUPL session information; perform re-notification or re-notification and verification for the active network start session; terminate any ongoing trigger without waiting for the next reporting interval Session; query SET (for H-SLP or proxy server D-SLP) via current authorized D-SLP and/or E-SLP; and/or provide new D-SLP and/or E-SLP address (licensed from H-SLP or Proxy Server D-SLP) If the one of these procedures is tried and the SET does not support the service, the SET may, for example, send a SUPL END message to D/H_SLP, The SUPL END message contains the session identifier of the session information query service and the status code "serviceNotSupported". 162179.doc -63· 201243375 At action A: One or more triggered SUPL sessions are in progress. At action B: The D/H-SLP uses the SUPL INIT message to initiate a "Query Session Information" session with the SET. The SUPL INIT message contains the positioning method and SLP capability (slPCapaWme·?). The query session information is indicated by the positioning method: The D/H-SLP also calculates and stores the hash of the message before sending the SUPL INIT message. At action C: SET analyzes the received SUPL INIT message. If it is found that it is not authenticated, the SET does not take another action. Otherwise, the SET takes the required action to prepare to establish a TLS connection with the D/H-SLP. At action D: the SET transmits the SUPL REPORT message back to the D/H-SLP, the SUPL REPORT message includes and requests D/H- A list of session identifiers for all currently active sessions of the SLP. For requests from the H-SLP, the SET may also include a list of addresses of the currently authorized D-SLP and/or E-SLP, including by the currently authorized proxy server D-SLP or proxy server E-SLP The address of any D-SLP or E-SLP currently authorized. For requests from the proxy server D-SLP, the SET may include a list of addresses of all D-SLPs currently authorized by the proxy server D-SLP. The current authorization in this context means that the duration of any service previously provided by the D-SLP or E-SLP via the H-SLP or the proxy server D-SLP has not expired. The SET can also send SET capabilities in the SUPL REPORT message (j 5:7Υ7<3;?<26ζ7"ζϋ·). If any session is suspended, the SET may also include a list of all session identifiers that have been temporarily suspended. 162I79.doc -64- 201243375 The SUPL REPORT message also contains a hash (ver) of the received SUPL INIT message. Note: Any suspended session(s) are also included, as this is because the suspended session is considered an active session. At action E: if re-notification or re-notification and verification is required based on the check of user privacy and the elapsed time since the notification/verification of the last occurrence of the triggered session for any action, as indicated by the addition of parameters, The SUPL NOTIFY message is sent to the SET, and the SUPL NOTIFY message includes a list of session identifiers (notificationLists) for all sessions that need to be re-notified or re-notified and verified. The notificationList parameter also includes the notification type for each session. If there is no session that requires re-notification or re-notification and verification, the D/H-SLP can directly send the SUPL END message to the SET. In the case of an H-SLP or a proxy server D-SLP, the SUPL END may include an SLP grant, the SLP grant includes an authorized D-SLP address list; and/or may include an SLP grant in the case of an H-SLP, SLP The authorization includes a list of authorized E-SLP addresses. The contents and processing of such lists may be the same as those described in actions F and G of FIG. 9 for the Η-SLP query or the actions F and G of FIG. 10 for the proxy server D-SLP query, except as follows Except: If the manifest is not provided for a particular SLP type, the SET may continue to use the previous authorization for this SLP type. It should be noted that if a list that does not contain an SLP address is provided, the previously authorized list can be removed. If the previous list contains any proxy server D/E-SLP, any list of authorizations provided by these proxy servers D/E-SLP may also be removed.
在動作F處:SET可將SUPL NOTIFY RESPONSE訊息發 送至D/H-SLP。若在動作E中需要通知及驗證,則StTPL 162179.doc -65- 201243375 NOTIFY RESPONSE訊息包括來自使用者之驗證回應清單 {NotificationRespList、。 在動作G處:若在動作F中所接收之 含有「#尤_」之一或多種回應類型以拒絕針對重新驗證 之同意,貝1JD/H-SLP 將 SUPL TRIGGERED STOPtfL 息發送 至SET,SUPL TRIGGERED STOP訊息包括待取消之所有 會話之會話識別符清單〇 SUPL TRIGGERED STOP亦含有之且可包 括SLP授權。SET可釋放與在參數中所指示 之會話有關之資源,且可與動作E中相同地對待任何SLP 授權。若不存在待取消之會話’則D/H-SLP可直接地將 SUPL END訊息發送至SET,且可包括可藉由SET與在動作 E中相同地對待之SLP授權。 在動作Η處:若執行步驟G,則SET認可:其已取消經觸 發會話且用發送回至D/H-SLP之SUPL END訊息來解譯任 何SLP授權。SET可釋放至D/H-SLP之TLS連接且釋放與會 話資訊查詢會話有關之資源。D/H-SLP可釋放與會話資訊 查詢會話有關之資源。 在動作I處:適用時,(多個)其他剩餘經觸aSUPL會話 可繼續。 接下來關注圖14 ’圖14為根據一實施的說明可用以用會 話終止來獲得關於某些位置服務之會話資訊之實例訊息流 程的流程圖。訊息流程可藉由H_SLP或代理祠服器D_ SLP(在本文中被統稱為D/H-SLP)使用以查詢SET以得到針 162179.doc •66- 201243375 對SET當前授權之D-SLP及/或Ε-SLP清單。在接收此清單 之後,H-SLP或代理伺服器D-SLP可選擇向SET提供新的經 授權D-SLP及/或Ε-SLP清單。 在動作A處:一或多個經觸發SUPL會話可在進行中。 在動作B處:D/H-SLP使用SUPL INIT訊息來起始與SET 之「查詢會話資訊」會話》SUPL INIT訊息含有定位方法 及 SLP 能力。查詢會話資訊 係藉由定位方法0?⑽似指示:。在發 送SUPL INIT訊息之前,D/H-SLP亦計算及儲存該訊息之 雜湊。 在動作C處:SET分析經接收SUPL INIT訊息。若發現未 鑑認,則SET不採取另外動作。否則,SET採取所需動 作,從而準備建立與D/H-SLP之TLS連接。 在動作D處:SET將SUPL REPORT訊息傳回至D/H-SLP,SUPL REPORT訊息包括與請求D/H-SLP之所有當前 作用中會話之會話識別符清單。對於來自H-SLP之請求,SET亦可包括經當前授權D-SLP及/或Ε-SLP之 位址清單,該清單包括藉由經當前授權代理伺服器D-SLP 或代理伺服器Ε-SLP當前授權之任何D-SLP或Ε-SLP之位 址。對於來自代理伺服器D-SLP之請求,SET可包括藉由 此代理伺服器D-SLP當前授權之所有D-SLP之位址清 單。SET亦可在SUPL REPORT訊息中發送SET能力 。若暫停任何會話,則SET亦可包括所有 經當前暫停會話之會話識別符清單。 162179.doc ·67· 201243375 SUPL REPORT訊息亦含有經接收SUPL INIT訊息之雜湊 (ver) 〇 在動作E處:D/H-SLP將 SUPL TRIGGERED STOP訊息發 送至SET以在不等待下一週期性或區域事件觸發之情況下 取消任何作用中及/或經暫停觸發會話,且在H-SLP之狀況 下其可包括SLP授權。SUPL TRIGGERED STOP訊息含有 待取消之所有會話之會話識別符清單(ewi/SewiowZbi)及為 「之狀態碼(siaiwsCode)。SET可釋放與 在參數中所指示之會話有關之資源,且可與 圖13中之動作E中相同地對待來自Η-SLP或代理伺服器D-SLP之任何SLP授權。若不存在待取消之會話,則D/H-SLP 可直接地將SUPL END訊息發送至SET,且在Η-SLP或代理 伺服器D-SLP之狀況下可包括可藉由SET與在圖13中之動 作E中相同地對待之SLP授權。 在動作F處:SET認可:其已取消經觸發會話且用發送 回至D/H-SLP之SUPL END訊息來解譯任何SLP授權。SET 可釋放至D/H-SLP之TLS連接且釋放與會話資訊查詢會話 有關之資源。D/H-SLP可釋放與會話資訊查詢會話有關之 資源》 在動作G處:適用時,(多個)經觸發SUPL會話可繼續。 以下章節提供關於可在如上文所呈現之某些實例實施中 使用之某些實例訊息的另外資訊。At action F: the SET can send a SUPL NOTIFY RESPONSE message to the D/H-SLP. If notification and verification are required in action E, StTPL 162179.doc -65- 201243375 NOTIFY RESPONSE message includes a list of verification responses from the user {NotificationRespList,. At action G: If one or more response types received in action F contain "#尤_" to reject the consent for re-verification, Bay 1JD/H-SLP sends SUPL TRIGGERED STOPtfL information to SET, SUPL TRIGGERED The STOP message includes a list of session identifiers for all sessions to be cancelled. SUPL TRIGGERED STOP is also included and may include SLP authorization. The SET may release resources related to the session indicated in the parameters and may treat any SLP authorization as in action E. If there is no session to cancel, the D/H-SLP may directly send the SUPL END message to the SET and may include an SLP grant that can be treated the same as in action E by the SET. At action: If step G is performed, the SET recognizes that it has cancelled the triggered session and interprets any SLP authorization with the SUPL END message sent back to the D/H-SLP. The SET can release the TLS connection to the D/H-SLP and release the resources associated with the session information query session. The D/H-SLP can release resources related to the session information query session. At action I: When applicable, the other remaining touched aSUPL sessions can continue. Next, attention is directed to Figure 14'. Figure 14 is a flow diagram illustrating an example message flow that may be used to obtain session information for certain location services with session termination, in accordance with an implementation. The message flow can be used by H_SLP or proxy server D_SLP (collectively referred to herein as D/H-SLP) to query the SET for the pin 162179.doc • 66- 201243375 D-SLP and/or currently licensed by SET Or Ε-SLP list. After receiving this list, the H-SLP or proxy server D-SLP may choose to provide the SET with a new authorized D-SLP and/or Ε-SLP list. At action A: One or more triggered SUPL sessions are in progress. At action B: D/H-SLP uses the SUPL INIT message to initiate a "Query Session Information" session with SET. The SUPL INIT message contains the location method and SLP capabilities. The query session information is indicated by the positioning method 0?(10): The D/H-SLP also calculates and stores the hash of the message before sending the SUPL INIT message. At action C: SET analyzes the received SUPL INIT message. If it is found that it is not authenticated, the SET does not take another action. Otherwise, the SET takes the required action to prepare to establish a TLS connection with the D/H-SLP. At action D: the SET returns the SUPL REPORT message back to the D/H-SLP, which includes a list of session identifiers for all currently active sessions with the request D/H-SLP. For requests from the H-SLP, the SET may also include a list of addresses of the currently authorized D-SLP and/or Ε-SLP, including by the currently authorized proxy server D-SLP or proxy server Ε-SLP The address of any D-SLP or Ε-SLP currently authorized. For requests from the proxy server D-SLP, the SET may include a list of addresses of all D-SLPs currently authorized by the proxy server D-SLP. The SET can also send SET capabilities in the SUPL REPORT message. If any session is suspended, the SET may also include a list of all session identifiers that have been temporarily suspended. 162179.doc ·67· 201243375 The SUPL REPORT message also contains a hash (ver) of the received SUPL INIT message. At action E: D/H-SLP sends a SUPL TRIGGERED STOP message to the SET to wait for the next periodicity or Any active and/or paused triggering session is cancelled in the event of a regional event trigger, and it may include an SLP grant in the case of an H-SLP. The SUPL TRIGGERED STOP message contains a list of session identifiers (ewi/SewiowZbi) for all sessions to be cancelled and a status code (siaiwsCode). The SET can release resources related to the session indicated in the parameters, and can be associated with Figure 13 In the action E, any SLP authorization from the Η-SLP or the proxy server D-SLP is treated the same. If there is no session to be canceled, the D/H-SLP can directly send the SUPL END message to the SET, and In the case of a Η-SLP or proxy server D-SLP, an SLP grant that can be treated the same as in action E in Figure 13 is included. At action F: SET acknowledgement: it has canceled the triggered session And use any SUPL END message sent back to the D/H-SLP to interpret any SLP authorization. The SET can release the TLS connection to the D/H-SLP and release the resources related to the session information query session. D/H-SLP can Releasing resources related to session information query sessions. At action G: The triggered SUPL session(s) may continue when applicable. The following sections provide some examples of what may be used in certain example implementations as presented above. Additional information about the message.
SUPL START為在網路起始之通用SUPL會話(GSS)中自 SET至SLP之初始訊息或對SUPL INIT訊息之回應。SUPL 162179.doc 68· 201243375 START中之某些參數互斥且可能不包括在一起。在某些實 施中,該等參數係如下以優先級次序列出(最高優先級優 先):第三方;位置URI請求;SLP查詢;及/或GSS參數。 當以上清單中之一個以上參數包括於SUPL START中 時,SLP可接受最高優先級參數且忽略所有較低優先級參 數。若結果為不良形成之SUPL START訊息,則SLP可傳 回SUPL END訊息及錯誤碼。 表1說明實例SUPL START訊息。該表中之每一列描述用 於SUPL START訊息之分離參數,且包括參數名稱(無論包 括於SUPL START中的是強制的(M)、可選的(〇)抑或有條 件的(CV))以及參數功能及内容之簡要描述。為表中之前 一參數之部分的參數係在其名稱前方使用字元「>」予以 指示。「>」字元被重複以指示巢套之連續層級。舉例而 言,參數清單<「A」、「>B」、「>C」、「>>D」、 「>>>E」、「>F」、「0」>指示參數「8」、「C」及 「F」為參數「A」(在巢套之第一層級處)之部分,參數 「D」為參數「C」之部分(且因此亦為參數「A」之部 分,但巢套於「C」内部),參數「E」為參數「D」之部 分(且因此亦為參數「C」及「A」之部分),且參數「G」 不為參數「A」之部分,但為訊息中之分離參數。相同慣 例適用於描述下文進一步所列出之其他訊息及參數的表。 參數 存在 描述 SET能力 Μ 定義SET之能力 位置ID Μ 定義SET之當前伺服小區、當前伺服WLAN AP 或WiMAXBS資訊。 162179.doc •69- 201243375SUPL START is the initial message from SET to SLP or the response to the SUPL INIT message in the general SUPL session (GSS) initiated at the network. SUPL 162179.doc 68· 201243375 Some of the parameters in START are mutually exclusive and may not be included. In some implementations, the parameters are listed in order of priority (highest priority) as follows: third party; location URI request; SLP query; and/or GSS parameters. When more than one of the parameters in the above list is included in the SUPL START, the SLP accepts the highest priority parameter and ignores all lower priority parameters. If the result is a badly formed SUPL START message, the SLP can return the SUPL END message and the error code. Table 1 illustrates the example SUPL START message. Each column in the table describes the separation parameters for the SUPL START message and includes the parameter name (whether it is mandatory (M), optional (〇) or conditional (CV) included in the SUPL START) and A brief description of the function and content of the parameter. The parameter for the part of the previous parameter in the table is indicated by the character ">" in front of its name. The ">" character is repeated to indicate the continuous level of the nest. For example, the parameter list < "A", ">B", ">C", ">>D", ">>>E", ">F", "0 > indicates that the parameters "8", "C" and "F" are part of the parameter "A" (at the first level of the nest), and the parameter "D" is part of the parameter "C" (and therefore also The part of the parameter "A", but nested within "C"), the parameter "E" is the part of the parameter "D" (and therefore also the part of the parameters "C" and "A"), and the parameter "G" Not part of parameter "A", but a separate parameter in the message. The same convention applies to tables that describe other messages and parameters listed further below. Parameter Existence Description SET Capability Μ Ability to define SET Location ID Μ Define the current servo cell, current servo WLAN AP or WiMAXBS information for the SET. 162179.doc •69- 201243375
QoP 0 所要位置品質。 QoP與高準確度Q〇P互斥。 多個位置ID 0 此參數可含有用於SET之當前非伺服小區、當 前非伺服WLAN AP或當前非伺服WiMAX BS資 訊及/或用於SET之歷史伺服或非伺服小區、 WLAN AP或WiMAX BS 資訊。 第三方 CV 此參數定義第三方識別碼清單。 對於在不傳送至第三方之情況下的SET起始位 置請求’可能不使用此參數。 對於在將位置傳送至第三方模式之情況下的 SET起始位置請求,可使用此參數。 >第三方ID Μ 第三方之識別碼。可存在至少一第三方ID。 此參數可為如下類型: *邏輯名稱 • MSISDN •郵件地址 • SIPURI • IMS公共識別碼 • MIN • MDN 參URI ApplicationID 0 SET上之請求應用程式之識別符。 位置 0 定義SET之位置。 GSS參數 0 此參數係用於GSS,在該狀況下,其為強制 的。該參數依據在一個GSS内所允許之SUPL P0S訊息之持續時間或數目而定義通用SUPL會 話之長度。 位置URI請求 CV 此參數含有針對位置URI之請求。 若請求位置URI,則可包括此參數。在立即SET 起始SUPL會話之内容背景中,可請求位置 URI。 位置URI集合 0 此參數含有一或多個位置URI之集合。若SET自 另一伺服器接收仍有效之位置URI或位置URI集 合且若SET正起始位置會話,則可包括該參 數。 SLP可使用(多個)經接收位置URI以自藉由該(該 等)位置URI參考之(多個)飼服器獲得針對SET之 分離位置估計。用於進行此操作之方式係在本 說明書之範疇外。 162179.doc • 70- 201243375QoP 0 The desired position quality. QoP is mutually exclusive with high accuracy Q〇P. Multiple Location ID 0 This parameter may contain current non-servo cell for SET, current non-servo WLAN AP or current non-servo WiMAX BS information and/or historical servo or non-servo cell for SET, WLAN AP or WiMAX BS information . Third Party CV This parameter defines a list of third party identifiers. This parameter may not be used for SET start location requests without being transmitted to a third party. This parameter can be used for SET start location requests in the case of transferring a location to a third-party mode. >Third-party ID 第三方 Third-party identification code. There may be at least one third party ID. This parameter can be of the following types: * Logical Name • MSISDN • Email Address • SIPURI • IMS Public ID • MIN • MDN URI ApplicationID 0 The identifier of the requesting application on the SET. Position 0 defines the position of the SET. GSS parameter 0 This parameter is for GSS, in which case it is mandatory. This parameter defines the length of the general SUPL session based on the duration or number of SUPL POS messages allowed within a GSS. Location URI Request CV This parameter contains a request for a location URI. This parameter can be included if a location URI is requested. In the context of the content of the immediate SET start SUPL session, the location URI can be requested. Location URI Collection 0 This parameter contains a collection of one or more location URIs. This parameter may be included if the SET receives a location URI or a set of location URIs that are still valid from another server and if the SET is starting a session. The SLP may use the received location URI(s) to obtain a separation location estimate for the SET from the feeder(s) referenced by the location URI. The manner in which this is done is outside the scope of this specification. 162179.doc • 70- 201243375
Ver CV 此參數含有SUPL INIT訊息之雜湊。此參數適 用於網路起始GSS » SLP查詢 CV 對於對Η-SLP或對代理伺服器D-SLP或代理伺服 器E-SLP之D-SLP或E-SLP查詢而包括此參數。 緊急服務指示 CV 此參數指示SUPL START訊息是否經發送以支 援緊急服務(例如,支援緊急呼叫)。 在緊急服務支援之狀況下,可發送此參數。否 則,可能不發送此參數。 參考點Id CV 此參數提供參考點Id且用以指示可相對於參考 位置(相對位置)來表達經請求位置估計。當SET 請求相對位置估計時,可包括此參數,且否 則,可能無此參數。 若不能夠相對於所提供參考點來支援位置,則 SLP可藉由發送SUPL END而抵制請求。 註釋:參考點係經由其唯一Id而非經由座標點 予以界定。 高準確度Q〇P 0 此參數係用以指定用於高準確度定位之所要位 置品質。若存在此參數,則可使用高精確度定 位(若受到支援且適用)。 Q〇P與高準確度QoP互斥》 表1 :實例SUPL START訊息 表1A說明實例SUPL INIT訊息。SUPL INIT訊息可為針 對新SUPL會話而藉由SLP(例如,H-SLP、D-SLP或E-SLP) 傳送至SET之第一訊息。 參數 存在 描述 ' 定位方法 Μ 此參數定義藉由SLP針對SUPL會話所需要之定 位方法或針對該會話所請求之動作。 在符合SET(在定位協定層級上與SLP共用)之定 位能力的情況下,SLP可能改變用於實際位置 會話中之定位方法,而不管定位方法參數。 通知 0 當通知模式為正常通知/驗證時,此欄位係用以 將關於通知及隱私之指令提供至SET。若此锢 位不存在’則SET應將請求解譯為類型「無通 知及無驗證」》 當通知模式為基於位置之通知/驗證時,此棚位 不應藉由SLP及SET使用。 162179.doc 71 201243375 SLP位址 CV 此參數針對非代理伺服器模式提供SLP位址。 QoP 0 所要位置品質。此參數亦用作經儲存歷史位置 估計之報告準則》若以此方式被使用,則僅空 間組份(horacc及veracc)適用,且定義必須被滿 足以便報告任何歷史位置估計之準確度要求》 若高準確度QoP存在,則QoP不應存在,且反 之亦然。 SLP模式 Μ 此參數指示SLP使用代理伺服器模式抑或非代 理伺服器模式。 MAC 0 可省略此參數。 關鍵識別碼 CV 可省略此參數。 通知模式 0 此參數指示通知及驗證是否基於位置。若不存 在,則假定正常通知。 經支援網路資訊 0 此參數提供關於SLP能力之資訊且可被省略。 觸發類型 CV 此參數指示網路起始服務類型: •週期性 •區域事件 *速度事件 此參數係有條件的,且僅在SUPL INIT訊息中 請求經觸發會話時被使用。 E-SLP位址 CV 此參數提供E-SLP位址。若SUPL INIT之發送者 為E-SLP,則應包括此參數。相比於ip位址, 使用FQDN係較佳的’除非請求係與正在進行 中之緊急呼叫相關聯。 歷史報告 CV 此參數定義用於報告經儲存歷史位置估計及/或 增強型小區/扇區量測之準則。 此參數係有條件的,且在SUPL INIT訊息係用 以起始擷取經儲存歷史位置估計及/或增強型小 區/扇區量測時必須被使用。否則,不使用此參 數。 保護等級 0 此參數定義SUPL INIT保護之保護等級。此參 數係可選的。若不存在,則隱含地假定無保 護。 GNSS定位技術 0 此參數提供GNSS定位資訊且可被省略。 最小主要版本 0 此參數定義與經請求服務相容的藉由SLP支援 之最小主要版本。此參數係可選的。若不存 在,則與經請求服務相容之僅有版本為版名參 餐^最小主要版本必揭鬼終,\、炝主要版本a 範圍:0至255 162179.doc ·72· 201243375 SLP能力 0 此參數定義SLP能力,SLP能力包括經支援定位 協定(LPP/LPPe及/或TIA-801)。 GSS參數 CV 此參數僅用於GSS,在該狀況下,其為強制 的。該參數依據在一個GSS内所允許之SUPL POS訊息之持續時間或數目而定義通用SUPL會 話之長度。 擴展通知 0 此參數將額外通知資訊提供至SET » D-SLP位址 CV 此參數提供D-SLP之位址,且在SUPL INIT之發 送者為D-SLP時應被包括。此參數之存在允許 接收端SET判定SUPL INIT係藉由D-SLP發送且 識別D-SLP。作為一實例,此參數可在圖7之動 作B中被發送。 高準確度Q〇P 0 此參數係用以指定用於高準確度定位之所要位 置品質。若存在此參數,則應使用高精確度定 位(若受到支援且適用)。 此參數亦用作經儲存歷史位置估計之報告準 則。若以此方式被使用,則僅空間組份(horacc 及veracc)適用,且定義必須被滿足以便報告任 何歷史位置估計之準確度要求。 Q〇P與高準確度QoP互斥》 表1A :實例SUPL INIT訊息 SUPL END訊息為正常地或異常地結束SUPL程序之訊 息。下表說明實例SUPL END訊息: 參數 存在 描述 位置 0 定義SET之位置結果。 狀態碼 0 將訊息之狀態定義為錯誤指示或資訊指示。 錯誤指示具有介於〇與99之間的值,資訊指示具 有介於100與199之間的值。 Ver CV 此參數含有SUPL INIT/SUPL REINIT訊息之雜湊 且係藉由SET計算。在SUPL END訊息經發送為 對SUPL INIT/SUPL REINIT訊息之直接回應的情 形中,此參數可存在。 SET能力 0 定義SET之SET能力。若SUPL END訊息係自SET 發送至SLP,則可使用此參數。 位置URI集合 0 此參數含有一或多個位置URI之集合。若SUPL END訊息係自SLP發送至SET且若SET已向SLP先 前請求位置URI,則可包括此參數。 162179.doc •73- 201243375 SLP授權 CV 此參數提供一或多個經授權D-SLP及/或E-SLP位 址,且可包括對每一位址之使用之限制。 回應於自SET至H-SLP、代理伺服器D-SLP或代 理伺服器E-SLP之D-SLP或E-SLP査詢而包括此參 數。當終止來自Η-SLP或代理伺服器D-SLP之會 話資訊查詢時’亦可包括該參數》該參數亦可用 以支援藉由Η-SLP或藉由代理伺服器d-SLP在任 何SUPL會話結束時對D-SLP及/或E-SLP位址之 未經懇求供應。無論何時SET能力指示針對特定 類型之D-SLP或E-SLP供應之支援,皆可使用未 經懇求供應。 藉由Η-SLP或代理伺服器D-SLP提供之任何D-SLf位址或E-SLP位址可分別替換分別藉由H-SLP或同一代理伺服器D-SLP早先提供之任何先 前D-SLP或E-SLP位址。其他所提供d-SLP及E-SLP位址不受到影響,惟代理伺服器D/e_slp位 址之移除亦可移除可能已藉由代理伺服器D/E-SLP提供之所有D-SLP或E-SLP位址除外。 相對位置 0 此參數定義相對於參考點或另一 SET之位置結果 (相對位置)。當自SLP發送至SET時,此參數適 用。 都市位置 0 此參數將位置結果定義為都市位址。當自SLP發 送至SET時,此參數適用。 此參數之存在係實施相依的。 SUPL INIT密鑰回P CV 此參數係有條件的且可用於模式A SUPL_INIT_ R00TJCEY建立。 一 一 若SUPL END係自SLP發送至SET,則可使用此 參數》 表2 :實例SUPL END訊息 SUPL TRIGGERED STOP訊息係藉由SLP或SET使用以結 束現有經觸發會話或暫停/重新開始正在進行中之經觸發 會話。下表說明實例SUPL TRIGGERED STOP訊息: 參數 存在 描述 狀態碼 0 定義訊息之狀態碼。 請求類型 CV 指示請求類型: *停止 162179.doc -74. 201243375 _—--------- •暫停 •重新開始 Ϊ ST0P訊息經發送以停 奴、新開始經觸發會話時,可包括此參 自 SET發送 i_SLP。 結束會話清單 CV 有會話之會話識別符清單。此參數可 议、1 = ^話資訊査詢」會話中。此參數可自SLP SLP授權 0 括此參數以作為來自Η-SLP或代理词服器D-之會話資訊查詢之部分。該參數提供新的經 授權D-SLP及/或E-SLP位址’且可包括對此等位 址之使用之限制。 表 3 :實例 SUPL TRIGGERED STOP訊息 SUPL REPORT訊息可用於以下例子中: i. 對於經觸發應用’ SUPL REPORT訊息係藉由SLP使用 以向S ET指不定位程序(S UPL POS會話)之結束。在此 狀況下,SUPL REPORT訊息可能或可能不含有經計算 位置。 ii. 對於經觸發應用,SUPL REPORT訊息可用以將一或多 個位置結果(藉由SET計算)及/或增強型小區/扇區量測 自SET發送至SLP。增強型小區/扇區/AP量測係在攜載 於SUPL REPORT内之LPP/LPPe/TIA-801提供位置資訊 訊息中發送》SUPL REPORT訊息可在無位置或速度結 果之情況下使用以向SLP指示區域或速度事件已發 生。結果碼可視情況經發送以指示錯誤條件(例如,不 可得到位置)。 iii. 作為在連續分批報告會話内之中間報告,SUPL REPORT 訊息係如在經觸發應用中一樣被使用,但該訊息可含 有(多個)位置結果。此情形允許S.ET藉由降低儲存於 162179.doc -75- 201243375 SET上之資料之量而動態地管理其記憶體。 iv. SUPL REPORT係藉由SET回應於來自H-SLP或D-SLP之 會話資訊查詢予以使用。在此狀況下,SUPL REPORT 訊息含有所有作用中SUPL會話之會話識別符清單。 SUPL REPORT訊息亦可包括SET能力。對於來自H-SLP之會話資訊查詢,SUPL REPORT訊息含有所有經 當前授權D-SLP及E-SLP(包括藉由經授權代理伺服器 D/E-SLP授權之D-SLP及E-SLP)之位址。對於來自代理 伺服器D-SLP之會話資訊查詢,SUPL REPORT訊息含 有藉由彼代理伺服器D-SLP當前授權之所有D-SLP之位 址。 v. SUPL REPORT係藉由SET使用以報告對可支援網路起 始服務之經授權D-SLP之存取的改變。 對於上行鏈路報告’若待發送之報告資料之量超過最大 ULP訊息長度(64 K八位元組),則SET可在多個SUPL REPORT訊息中發送報告資料》下表中說明實例SUPL REPORT訊息: 參數 存在 描述 SessionList 0 所有作用中SUPL會話之會話識別符清 單。該清單不含有「會話資訊査詢」會 話之會話識別符,該會話識別符已經包 括於SUPL REPORT訊息之會話識別符 參數中。此參數可用於「會話資訊查 詢」會話中❶ SET能力 0 定義SET之能力。若SUPL REPORT訊 息係在「會話資訊查詢」會話之内容背 景中發送,則可使用此參數。 162179.doc -76· 201243375Ver CV This parameter contains a hash of the SUPL INIT message. This parameter applies to the network start GSS » SLP Query CV This parameter is included for D-SLP or E-SLP queries to the Η-SLP or to the proxy server D-SLP or the proxy server E-SLP. Emergency Service Indication CV This parameter indicates whether the SUPL START message is sent to support emergency services (for example, to support emergency calls). This parameter can be sent in case of emergency service support. Otherwise, this parameter may not be sent. Reference Point Id CV This parameter provides a reference point Id and is used to indicate that the requested position estimate can be expressed relative to the reference position (relative position). This parameter can be included when the SET requests a relative position estimate, and otherwise, it may not be available. If the location cannot be supported relative to the provided reference point, the SLP can resist the request by sending a SUPL END. Note: The reference point is defined by its unique Id rather than via a coordinate point. High Accuracy Q〇P 0 This parameter is used to specify the desired position quality for high accuracy positioning. If this parameter is present, it can be positioned with high accuracy (if supported and applicable). Q〇P and High Accuracy QoP Mutual Exclusions Table 1: Example SUPL START Message Table 1A illustrates the example SUPL INIT message. The SUPL INIT message may be the first message transmitted to the SET by the SLP (e.g., H-SLP, D-SLP, or E-SLP) for the new SUPL session. Parameter Existence Description 'Location Method Μ This parameter defines the positioning method required by the SLP for the SUPL session or the action requested for the session. In the case of a positioning capability in accordance with the SET (shared with the SLP at the positioning agreement level), the SLP may change the positioning method used in the actual location session regardless of the positioning method parameters. Notification 0 This field is used to provide instructions about notifications and privacy to the SET when the notification mode is normal notification/verification. If the location does not exist, then SET shall interpret the request as type "no notification and no authentication". When the notification mode is location-based notification/verification, this booth should not be used by SLP and SET. 162179.doc 71 201243375 SLP Address CV This parameter provides the SLP address for the non-proxy server mode. QoP 0 The desired position quality. This parameter is also used as the reporting criteria for the storage of historical location estimates. If used in this way, only spatial components (horacc and veracc) apply and the definition must be met in order to report the accuracy requirements of any historical location estimates. If high accuracy QoP exists, then QoP should not exist and vice versa. SLP mode Μ This parameter indicates whether the SLP uses proxy server mode or non-proxy server mode. MAC 0 can omit this parameter. The key identifier CV can omit this parameter. Notification Mode 0 This parameter indicates whether the notification and verification are based on location. If it does not exist, a normal notification is assumed. Supported Network Information 0 This parameter provides information about SLP capabilities and can be omitted. Trigger Type CV This parameter indicates the type of network start service: • Periodic • Area Event * Speed Event This parameter is conditional and is used only when a triggered session is requested in a SUPL INIT message. E-SLP Address CV This parameter provides the E-SLP address. This parameter should be included if the sender of the SUPL INIT is an E-SLP. The use of the FQDN is preferred compared to the ip address unless the request is associated with an emergency call in progress. Historical Report CV This parameter defines criteria for reporting stored historical position estimates and/or enhanced cell/sector measurements. This parameter is conditional and must be used when the SUPL INIT message is used to initiate the acquisition of stored historical position estimates and/or enhanced cell/sector measurements. Otherwise, this parameter is not used. Protection level 0 This parameter defines the protection level of the SUPL INIT protection. This parameter is optional. If it does not exist, it is implicitly assumed to be unprotected. GNSS Positioning Technology 0 This parameter provides GNSS positioning information and can be omitted. Minimum Major Version 0 This parameter defines the minimum major version supported by SLP that is compatible with the requested service. This parameter is optional. If it does not exist, the only version that is compatible with the requested service is the version name. The smallest major version will be unfinished, \, 炝 major version a range: 0 to 255 162179.doc · 72· 201243375 SLP capability 0 This parameter defines the SLP capabilities, which include supported positioning protocols (LPP/LPPe and/or TIA-801). GSS parameter CV This parameter is only used for GSS, in which case it is mandatory. This parameter defines the length of the general SUPL session based on the duration or number of SUPL POS messages allowed within a GSS. Extended Notification 0 This parameter provides additional notification information to the SET » D-SLP Address CV This parameter provides the address of the D-SLP and should be included when the sender of the SUPL INIT is a D-SLP. The presence of this parameter allows the receiving end SET to determine that the SUPL INIT is transmitted by the D-SLP and identifies the D-SLP. As an example, this parameter can be sent in action B of Figure 7. High Accuracy Q〇P 0 This parameter is used to specify the desired position quality for high accuracy positioning. If this parameter is present, it should be positioned with high accuracy (if supported and applicable). This parameter is also used as a reporting guide for the storage of historical location estimates. If used in this way, only spatial components (horacc and veracc) apply and the definition must be met in order to report the accuracy requirements for any historical location estimates. Q〇P and High Accuracy QoP Mutual Exclusions Table 1A: Example SUPL INIT Message The SUPL END message is a message to terminate the SUPL program normally or abnormally. The following table shows the example SUPL END message: Parameter Existence Description Location 0 Defines the position result of the SET. Status Code 0 Defines the status of the message as an error indication or an information indication. The error indication has a value between 〇 and 99, and the information indicator has a value between 100 and 199. Ver CV This parameter contains the hash of the SUPL INIT/SUPL REINIT message and is calculated by SET. This parameter may exist in the case where the SUPL END message is sent as a direct response to the SUPL INIT/SUPL REINIT message. SET Capability 0 Defines the SET capability of the SET. This parameter can be used if the SUPL END message is sent from the SET to the SLP. Location URI Collection 0 This parameter contains a collection of one or more location URIs. This parameter may be included if the SUPL END message is sent from the SLP to the SET and if the SET has previously requested a location URI from the SLP. 162179.doc •73- 201243375 SLP Authorization CV This parameter provides one or more authorized D-SLP and/or E-SLP addresses and may include restrictions on the use of each address. This parameter is included in response to a D-SLP or E-SLP query from the SET to the H-SLP, the Proxy Server D-SLP, or the Proxy Server E-SLP. The parameter may also be included when terminating the session information from the Η-SLP or the proxy server D-SLP. This parameter may also be used to support the end of any SUPL session by the Η-SLP or by the proxy server d-SLP. The unsolicited supply of D-SLP and/or E-SLP addresses. Whenever the SET capability indicates support for a particular type of D-SLP or E-SLP supply, it can be used without a request. Any D-SLf address or E-SLP address provided by the Η-SLP or proxy server D-SLP may replace any previous D- previously provided by the H-SLP or the same proxy server D-SLP, respectively. SLP or E-SLP address. Other d-SLP and E-SLP addresses are not affected, but the removal of the proxy server D/e_slp address may also remove all D-SLPs that may have been provided by the proxy server D/E-SLP. Or except for the E-SLP address. Relative position 0 This parameter defines the position result (relative position) relative to the reference point or another SET. This parameter applies when sent from the SLP to the SET. Urban Location 0 This parameter defines the location result as a city address. This parameter applies when sent from the SLP to the SET. The existence of this parameter is implementation dependent. SUPL INIT Key Back to P CV This parameter is conditional and can be used for mode A SUPL_INIT_ R00TJCEY setup. If SUPL END is sent from SLP to SET, this parameter can be used. Table 2: Example SUPL END message SUPL TRIGGERED STOP message is used by SLP or SET to end an existing triggered session or pause/restart in progress The triggered session. The following table shows the example SUPL TRIGGERED STOP message: Parameter Existence Description Status Code 0 Defines the status code of the message. Request Type CV indicates the request type: * Stop 162179.doc -74. 201243375 _---------- • Pause • Restart Ϊ ST0P message sent to stop slave, new start triggered session, may include This is sent from the SET to send i_SLP. End Session List CV has a list of session identifiers for the session. This parameter is negotiable, 1 = ^ information query" session. This parameter can be granted from SLP SLP 0 to include this parameter as part of the session information query from Η-SLP or Proxy Word Service D-. This parameter provides a new authorized D-SLP and/or E-SLP address' and may include restrictions on the use of such addresses. Table 3: Example SUPL TRIGGERED STOP Message The SUPL REPORT message can be used in the following examples: i. For triggered applications The 'SUPL REPORT message is used by the SLP to refer to the end of the S ET no-location procedure (S UPL POS session). In this case, the SUPL REPORT message may or may not contain a calculated location. Ii. For triggered applications, the SUPL REPORT message can be used to send one or more location results (calculated by SET) and/or enhanced cell/sector measurements from the SET to the SLP. The enhanced cell/sector/AP measurement is sent in the location information message provided by the LPP/LPPe/TIA-801 carried in the SUPL REPORT. The SUPL REPORT message can be used to the SLP without location or speed results. Indicates that a zone or speed event has occurred. The resulting code can be sent as appropriate to indicate an error condition (e.g., no location is available). Iii. As an intermediate report within a continuous batch report session, the SUPL REPORT message is used as in a triggered application, but the message may contain location results(s). This situation allows S.ET to dynamically manage its memory by reducing the amount of data stored on the 162179.doc -75- 201243375 SET. Iv. SUPL REPORT is used by SET in response to a session information query from H-SLP or D-SLP. In this case, the SUPL REPORT message contains a list of session identifiers for all active SUPL sessions. The SUPL REPORT message can also include SET capabilities. For session information queries from H-SLP, the SUPL REPORT message contains all currently authorized D-SLP and E-SLP (including D-SLP and E-SLP authorized by authorized proxy server D/E-SLP) Address. For session information queries from the proxy server D-SLP, the SUPL REPORT message contains the addresses of all D-SLPs currently authorized by the proxy server D-SLP. v. SUPL REPORT is used by the SET to report changes to access to authorized D-SLPs that can support the network start service. For the uplink report 'If the amount of report data to be sent exceeds the maximum ULP message length (64 K octets), the SET can send the report data in multiple SUPL REPORT messages. The following table describes the instance SUPL REPORT message. : The parameter has a list of session identifiers describing the SessionList 0 for all active SUPL sessions. The list does not contain the session identifier for the Session Information Query session, which is already included in the Session Identifier parameter of the SUPL REPORT message. This parameter can be used in the Session Information Query session. SET SET Capabilities 0 The ability to define SETs. This parameter can be used if the SUPL REPORT message is sent in the context of the Session Info Query session. 162179.doc -76· 201243375
ReportDataList 0 報告資料清單包含報告資料之1至1〇24 次出現。 >報告資料 Μ 報告資料含有待報告之實際資料:位置 資料、量測資料、結果碼及時戳。 »位置資料 0 經計算位置及所使用之各別定位模式 (可選的)。 »>位置 Μ SET之經計算位置(包括時戳)。 »>posmethod 0 供計算位置之定位方法。 >»GNSS定位技術 0 定義用以計算位置之任何GNSS。 • GPS • Galileo • SBAS *現代化GPS • QZSS • GLONASS »>GANSS信號資訊 0 此參數可被包括以指示用於計算位置之 GANSS信號(高達16個)。GANSS信號資 訊定義GANSS信號清單。 »»GANSS Id Μ 定義 GANSS。整數(0..15) 0 : Galileo 1 :SBAS 2 :現代化GPS 3 ·· QZSS 4 : GLONASS 5-15 :經保留以供未來使用 »»GANSS 信號 Μ 定義藉由GANSS ID指示之用於GNSS之 經支援信號的位元映像(長度為8個位 元)。 對於Galileo,位元被解譯為: 位元0 : E1 位元1 : E5a 位元2 : E5b 位元3 : E5a+E5b 位元4 : E6 位元5-7 :備用 對於現代化GPS,位元被解譯為: 位元0 : LI C 位元1 : L2C 位元2 : L5 162179.doc • 77- 201243375 ~~~~~~^_ » 多個 — 位元3-7 :備用 對於QZSS,位元被解譯為: 位元0 : LI C/A 位元1 : LI C 位元2 : L2 C 位元3 : L5 位元4-7 :備用 對於GLONASS,位元被解譯為: 位元0 : G1 位元1 : G2 位元2 : G3 位元3-7 :備用 對於SBAS,位元被解譯為: 位元0 : L1 位元1-7 :備用 ’ 1 从·官 Irl LZ^ 多個位置Id。 0 描述無位置或量測可被報告之原因的結 果碼: 在無線電涵蓋範圍外 無位置 無量測 無位置且無量測 在記憶體外 在記憶體外,中間報告 其他 »時戳 0 以絕對時間(UTC時間)或相對時間(相對 於「現在」,亦即,當SUPL REPORT 訊息被發送時)之時戳。若位置資料不 存在,則使用此參數。若位置資料存 在,則位置内之時戳參數係用作時戳》 »LPP/LPPe/TIA-801 有效負載 0 此參數攜載用於發送增強型小區/扇區 /AP量測資訊之LPP/LPPe/TIA-801有效 負載。 Ver CV 此參數含有SUPL INIT訊息之雜湊。若 SUPL REPORT訊息係回應於SUPL INT 訊息而發送,則可使用此參數。否則, 此參數不適用。 更多組份 CV 若待發送之報告資料需要分段成多個 SUPL REPORT訊息,則使用此參數。 162179.doc -78 - 201243375 ——__ 赵俱合坤喜留-------- 若存在,則此參數指示更多SUPL REPORT訊息將被發送。在一系列片段 中之最後SUPL REPORT訊息可省略此 參數。 节If · f 5古!早 0 所有經暫停觸發SUPL會話之會話識別 符清單。此參數可用於「會話資訊查 詢」會話中。 經授權D-SLP清^ 0 對於對來自H-SLP或代理伺服器D-SLP 之會話資訊查詢之回應,此參數攜載藉 由H-SLP或代理伺服器D-SLP當前授權 之所有D-SLP之位址。在H-SLP之狀況 下,該參數亦包括藉由任何經授權代理 伺服器D-SLP當前授權之任何D-SLP » 若D-SLP之關聯服務持續時間尚未期 滿,則D-SLP被認為被當前授權。 經授權E-SLP清單 0 對於對來自H-SLP之會話資訊查詢之回 應,此參數攜載所有經當前授權E-SLP(包括藉由任何經授權代理伺服器E-SLP授權之E-SLP)之位址。若E-SLP之 關聯服務持續時間尚未期滿,則E-SLP 被認為被當前授權。 D-SLP存取通知 0 此參數被包括以報告對可支援網路起始 服務之經授權D-SLP之初始或後續存 取。該參數攜載D-SLP之位址。 相對位置 0 此參數定義相對於參考點之位置結果 (相對位置)。當自SLP發送至SET時,此 參數適用。 都市位置 _ 1 一 0 此參數根據都市位址而定義位置結果。 當自SLP發送至SET時,此參數適用。 此參數之存在係實施相依的。 表4 :實例SUPL REPORT訊息ReportDataList 0 The report data list contains 1 to 1 and 24 occurrences of the report data. >Report data Μ The report data contains the actual data to be reported: location data, measurement data, and result code in time stamp. »Position data 0 Calculated position and individual positioning mode used (optional). »>Location Μ The calculated position of the SET (including the timestamp). »>posmethod 0 is used to calculate the location method. >»GNSS Positioning Technology 0 Define any GNSS used to calculate the position. • GPS • Galileo • SBAS * Modern GPS • QZSS • GLONASS » > GANSS Signal Information 0 This parameter can be included to indicate the GANSS signal (up to 16) used to calculate the position. The GANSS signal information defines a list of GANSS signals. »»GANSS Id Μ Define GANSS. Integer (0..15) 0 : Galileo 1 : SBAS 2 : Modern GPS 3 ·· QZSS 4 : GLONASS 5-15 : Reserved for future use »»GANSS Signal Μ Defined for GNSS by GANSS ID Bit map of the supported signal (length is 8 bits). For Galileo, the bit is interpreted as: Bit 0: E1 Bit 1: E5a Bit 2: E5b Bit 3: E5a+E5b Bit 4: E6 Bit 5-7: Alternate for modern GPS, bit Interpreted as: Bit 0: LI C Bit 1: L2C Bit 2: L5 162179.doc • 77- 201243375 ~~~~~~^_ » Multiple - Bits 3-7: Alternate for QZSS, The bit is interpreted as: Bit 0: LI C/A Bit 1: LI C Bit 2: L2 C Bit 3: L5 Bit 4-7: Alternate For GLONASS, the bit is interpreted as: Element 0: G1 Bit 1: G2 Bit 2: G3 Bit 3-7: Alternate For SBAS, the bit is interpreted as: Bit 0: L1 Bit 1-7: Alternate ' 1 from I. LlZ ^ Multiple location Ids. 0 Description Result code without reason or measurement for the reason that can be reported: No location outside the radio coverage No position measurement No position and no measurement in memory outside the memory, in the middle report other » Time stamp 0 in absolute time ( Time stamp of UTC time) or relative time (relative to "now", that is, when a SUPL REPORT message is sent). Use this parameter if the location data does not exist. If the location data exists, the timestamp parameter in the location is used as the timestamp. »LPP/LPPe/TIA-801 Payload 0 This parameter carries the LPP/ for transmitting enhanced cell/sector/AP measurement information. LPPe/TIA-801 payload. Ver CV This parameter contains a hash of the SUPL INIT message. This parameter can be used if the SUPL REPORT message is sent in response to a SUPL INT message. Otherwise, this parameter does not apply. More components CV Use this parameter if the report data to be sent needs to be segmented into multiple SUPL REPORT messages. 162179.doc -78 - 201243375 ——__ Zhao QI Kunxi stays -------- If present, this parameter indicates that more SUPL REPORT messages will be sent. The last SUPL REPORT message in a series of segments can omit this parameter. Festival If · f 5 ancient! Early 0 All paused trigger list of session identifiers for SUPL sessions. This parameter can be used in a Session Information Query session. Authorized D-SLP Clearing 0 For responses to session information queries from H-SLP or Proxy Server D-SLP, this parameter carries all D- currently authorized by H-SLP or Proxy Server D-SLP The address of the SLP. In the case of H-SLP, this parameter also includes any D-SLP currently authorized by any authorized proxy server D-SLP » If the duration of the associated service of the D-SLP has not expired, the D-SLP is considered Is currently authorized. Authorized E-SLP Listing 0 For responses to H-SLP session information queries, this parameter carries all currently authorized E-SLPs (including E-SLPs authorized by any authorized proxy server E-SLP) The address. If the E-SLP's associated service duration has not expired, the E-SLP is considered to be currently authorized. D-SLP Access Notification 0 This parameter is included to report initial or subsequent access to an authorized D-SLP that can support network origination services. This parameter carries the address of the D-SLP. Relative position 0 This parameter defines the position result (relative position) relative to the reference point. This parameter applies when sent from SLP to SET. Urban Location _ 1 - 0 This parameter defines the location result based on the city address. This parameter applies when sent from SLP to SET. The existence of this parameter is implementation dependent. Table 4: Example SUPL REPORT message
SET能力參數可用以識別SET之能力一例如,可指示SET 支援如下各者中之一或多者:⑴如在圖9中一樣藉由H-SLP之D-SLP授權;(⑴如在圖9中一樣藉由H-SLP之E-SLP 授權;(iii)如在圖10中一樣藉由代理伺服器D-SLP之D-SLP 162179.doc -79- 201243375 授權,(iv)如在圖10中一樣藉由代理伺服器Ε-SLP之E-SLP 授權,及(v)如在圖12中一樣向H-SLP通知SET已第一次或 在存取另一 D-SLP之後第一次存取一 D-SLP。SET能力參數 可藉由SET在SUPL START訊息、SUPL POS INIT訊息中及/ 或在其他SUPL訊息中傳送至SLP(例如,H-SLP、D-SLP、 Ε-SLP)。接收端SLP可使用該參數以決定是否將經授權D· SLP及/或Ε-SLP提供至SET(例如,使用圖11之未經懇求授 權程序)及/或在將經授權D-SLP提供至SET時決定是否請求 藉由SET對D-SLP之存取通知(例如,根據圖12之程序)。下 表說明實例SET能力參數。該表中之相同慣例係如針對表1 先前對於SUPL START訊息所描述而使用,惟該表中之參 數現在指代SET能力參數之子參數除外。此等慣例亦用於 下文進一步所包括之其他參數表。 參數 存在 值/描述 SET能力 - 描述SET之能力。 >定位技術 Μ 此參數不適用於SUPL 3.0。SLP可忽略此參 數。 »GANSS位置方法 0 此參數不適用於SUPL 3.0中且可能不被使 用。 >偏好方法 Μ 此參數不適用於SUPL 3.0中》SLP可忽略此 參數。 >定位協定 Μ 以下定位協定中之零者或零者以上(位元映 像): • TIA-801 • LPP • LPPe 用於舊式定位協定之旗標(RRLP及RRC)可經 設定為FALSE。 »定位協定版本TIA-801 CV 描述3GPP2 C.S0022(TIA-801)定位協定之協 定版本。 162179.doc -80· 201243375 若在Pos協定參數中識別ΤΙΑ-801,則可能需 要該協定版本。 »>經支援定位協定 版本 TIA-801 Μ 指定高達8個不同經支援3GPP2 C.S0022版本 之清單。若在Pos協定參數中識別ΤΙΑ-80卜 則可能需要此參數(在清單中具有至少一條 目)° »»修訂編號 Μ 用於C.S0022定位協定之說明書之文件编號的 修訂部分。 值:[〇,Α·Ζ] >»>點釋放編號 Μ 用於C.S0022之點釋放編號,範圍:(0..255) >»内部編輯等級 Μ 用於C.S0022之内部編輯等級,範圍: (0..255) »定位協定版本LPP CV 描述LPP定位協定之協定版本。 若在Pos協定參數中識別LPP,則可能需要該 協定版本。 »>主要版本欄位 Μ 用於LPP定位協定之版本號之第一(最高有效) 元素,範圍:(0..255) >»技術版本糊位 Μ 用於LPP定位協定之版本號之第二元素,範 圍:(0..255) >»編輯版本欄位 Μ 用於LPP定位協定之版本號之第三(最低有效) 元素,範圍:(0..255) »定位協定版本LPPe CV 描述LPPe定位協定之協定版本。 若在Pos協定參數中識別LPPe,則可能需要 該協定版本。 >»主要版本欄位 Μ 用於LPPe定位協定之版本號之第一(最高有 效)元素,範圍:(0..255) >»次要版本欄位 Μ 用於LPPe定位協定之版本號之第二元素,範 圍:(0..255) >服務能力 0 SET之服務能力被描述於此參數中》SET可在 SUPL START、SUPL POS INIT、SUPL TRIGGERED START及SUPL END 中發送此 參數。此參數之目的係向H-SLP或D-SLP告知 SET之服務能力 »所支援之服務 Μ 定義藉由SET支援之服務。僅網路起始服務 在此内容背景中係相關的。 以下服務中之零者或零者以上受到支援: *週期性觸發 •區域事件觸發 •速度事件觸發 162179.doc • 81 - 201243375 »報告能力 CV 定義SET之報告能力。若週期性觸發係藉由 SET支援,則需要此參數,在該狀況下,該 參數係強制的。 >»在定位之間的最 小時間間隔 Μ 定義藉由SET允許之在定位之間的最小時間 間隔。 此參數係藉由H-SLP或D-SLP使用以避免在定 位之間的所要時間間隔與SET之能力之間的 衝突。範圍:1至3600,以秒為單位。 »>在定位之間的最 大時間間隔 0 定義藉由SET允許之在定位之間的最大時間 間隔》 此參數係藉由H-SLP或D-SLP使用以避免在定 位之間的所要時間間隔與SET之能力之間的 衝突。此參數係可選的。若不存在,則不指 定在定位之間的最大時間間隔。 範圍:1至1440,以分鐘為單位。 >»報告模式 Μ (多種)經支援報告模式: • 即時 * 準即時 *分批報告 (該三種報告模式中至少一者可受到支援) »>分批報告上限 CV 定義藉由SET支援之分批報告能力類型(適用 於準即時及分批報告): *報告位置(若允許位置之報告則為彦, 否則為礙) •報告量測(若支援量測之報告則為算, 否則為洛〇 •位置之最大數目(範圍:1至1024) •量測之最大數目(範圍:1至1024) »事件觸發能力 CV 定義SET之事件觸發能力。若區域事件觸發 係藉由SET支援,則需要此參數,在該狀況 下,該參數係強制的。 >»所支援之地理區 域形狀 Μ 除了強制的圓形區域以外,此參數亦定義藉 由SET支援之地理目標區域形狀: *橢圓形 •多邊形 >»所支援之地理目 標區域之最大數目 0 此參數定義SET所支援之地理目標區域之最 大數目。(範圍:1至32) 此參數係可選的。若不存在,則SET不支援 地理目標區域。 162179.doc •82- 201243375The SET Capability parameter can be used to identify the capabilities of the SET. For example, the SET can be instructed to support one or more of the following: (1) D-SLP authorization by H-SLP as in Figure 9; ((1) as in Figure 9. Same as the E-SLP authorization by H-SLP; (iii) as authorized in Figure 10 by the D-SLP of the proxy server D-SLP 162179.doc -79- 201243375, (iv) as in Figure 10 Same as the E-SLP authorization by the proxy server S-SLP, and (v) notifying the H-SLP that the SET has been stored for the first time or after accessing another D-SLP as in FIG. A D-SLP is taken. The SET capability parameter can be transmitted to the SLP (eg, H-SLP, D-SLP, Ε-SLP) by the SET in the SUPL START message, the SUPL POS INIT message, and/or in other SUPL messages. The receiving SLP can use this parameter to decide whether to provide an authorized D.SLP and/or Ε-SLP to the SET (eg, using the unsolicited authorization procedure of FIG. 11) and/or to provide an authorized D-SLP to The SET determines whether to request access to the D-SLP by the SET (for example, according to the procedure of Figure 12.) The following table illustrates the example SET capability parameters. The same convention in the table is as for Table 1 Used as described for the SUPL START message, except that the parameters in the table now refer to sub-parameters of the SET Capability parameter. These conventions are also used in other parameter tables that are further included below. Parameter Presence/Description SET Capabilities - Description SET Capacity. > Positioning Technology Μ This parameter does not apply to SUPL 3.0. SLP can ignore this parameter. »GANSS Position Method 0 This parameter does not apply to SUPL 3.0 and may not be used. >Preference Method Μ This parameter is not applicable SPL can ignore this parameter in SUPL 3.0. >Location Protocol 零 Zero or more of the following positioning agreements (bitmap): • TIA-801 • LPP • LPPe is used for the flag of the old positioning agreement ( RRLP and RRC) can be set to FALSE. »Location Protocol Version TIA-801 CV Describes the agreed version of the 3GPP2 C.S0022 (TIA-801) Location Agreement. 162179.doc -80· 201243375 If ΤΙΑ- is identified in the Pos Protocol parameters 801, the agreement version may be required. »> Supported Location Agreement Version TIA-801 Μ Specify up to 8 different supported 3GPP2 C.S0022 versions. If in the Pos protocol parameters This parameter may be required to identify ΤΙΑ-80. (There is at least one item in the list) ° »» Revision number 修订 The revised part of the file number for the specification of the C.S0022 positioning agreement. Value: [〇,Α·Ζ] >»>Point release number 点 Release number for C.S0022, range: (0..255) >»Internal editing level Μ For internal C.S0022 Edit Level, Range: (0..255) » Location Agreement Version LPP CV Describes the agreed version of the LPP Location Agreement. If the LPP is identified in the Pos protocol parameters, the protocol version may be required. »> Major Version Fields 第一 The first (most significant) element for the version number of the LPP Location Agreement, range: (0..255) >»Technical Version Paste 版本 The version number for the LPP Location Agreement Second element, range: (0..255) >»edit version field 第三 third (least valid) element for version number of LPP positioning protocol, range: (0..255) »location agreement version LPPe CV describes the agreed version of the LPPe Location Agreement. This protocol version may be required if LPPe is identified in the Pos Agreement parameters. >»Primary version field 第一 The first (most significant) element for the version number of the LPPe positioning agreement, range: (0..255) >»minor version field 版本 version number for LPPe positioning agreement The second element, range: (0..255) > Service Capability 0 The service capability of the SET is described in this parameter. SET can send this parameter in SUPL START, SUPL POS INIT, SUPL TRIGGERED START and SUPL END. The purpose of this parameter is to inform H-SLP or D-SLP of the service capabilities of SET » Supported Services Μ Define services supported by SET. Network start-only services are relevant in this context. Zero or more of the following services are supported: * Periodic triggering • Zone event triggering • Speed event triggering 162179.doc • 81 - 201243375 » Reporting Capability CV defines the reporting capabilities of the SET. This parameter is required if the periodic trigger is supported by SET, which is mandatory in this case. >»minimum time interval between positioning Μ Define the minimum time interval between positioning by SET. This parameter is used by H-SLP or D-SLP to avoid conflicts between the desired time interval between positioning and the capabilities of the SET. Range: 1 to 3600 in seconds. »>Maximum time interval between positioning 0 Defines the maximum time interval between positioning allowed by SET》 This parameter is used by H-SLP or D-SLP to avoid the desired time interval between positioning A conflict with the ability of SET. This parameter is optional. If not present, the maximum time interval between positioning is not specified. Range: 1 to 1440, in minutes. >»Report Mode Μ (Multiple) Supported Reporting Mode: • Instant* Quasi-Instant* Batch Report (at least one of the three reporting modes can be supported) »> Batch Reporting Cap CV Definition Supported by SET Batch reporting capability type (applicable to quasi-instant and batch reports): *Report location (if the location is allowed to report, otherwise it is a hindrance) • Report measurement (if the measurement report is supported, otherwise Maximum number of locations • Range: 1 to 1024 • Maximum number of measurements (range: 1 to 1024) » Event trigger capability CV defines the event trigger capability of the SET. If the zone event trigger is supported by SET, then This parameter is required, and in this case, the parameter is mandatory. >»Supported geographic area shape Μ In addition to the mandatory circular area, this parameter also defines the geographic target area shape supported by SET: *Oval • Polygon >»Maximum number of geographic target areas supported by this parameter 0 This parameter defines the maximum number of geographic target areas supported by the SET. (Range: 1 to 32) This parameter is optional. Exists, the SET does not support the geographic target area. 162179.doc • 82- 201243375
>»所支援之區域Id 清單之最大數目 0 此參數定義Siu所支援之區域Id清單之最大 數目。(範圍:1至32) 此參數係可選的《若不存在,則SET支 區域Id。 »>每區域Id清單所 支援之區域Id之最大 數目 CV 此參數定義SET所支援的每區域Id清單之區 域1d之最大數目。(範圍:1至256) 此參數係有條件的:若區域Id清單之最大數 目存在,則此參數可存在。否則,此參數可 能不存在。 »會話能力 Μ 定義SET之會話能力: •同時會話之總數目(範圍:丨至128)。 •同時週期性經觸發會話(用於週期性觸 發)之最大數目(範圍:1至32)。 •同時區域事件經觸發會話(用於區域事 件觸發)之最大數目(範圍:1至32)。 •同時速度事件經觸發會話(用於速度事 件觸發)之最大數目(範圍:1至32、。 >經支援載送 0 此參數不適用於SUPL 3.0中。可能不使用此 參數。 >QoPCapabilities 0 此參數定義SET用於報告及/或接收高準確度 位置及/或速度結果之能力。 若無參數,則不支援能力》 >都市位置能力 0 此參數定義SET支援絕對都市定位之能力。 右無參數’則不支援能力。 >相對位置能力 0 此參數定義SET支援相對定位之能力。 若無參數,則不支援能力。 >來自 Η-SLP之 D-SLP 供應 0 此欄位指示SET是否支援經授權D-SLP位址自 Η-SLP之供應。 若無參數,則不支援能力》 >來自 Η-SLP 之 E-SLP 供應 0 此攔位指示SET是否支援經授權E-SLP位址自 Η-SLP之供應。 若無參數,則不支援能力。 . >來自代理伺服器D-SLP之D-SLP供應 0 此攔位指示SET是否支援經授權D-SLP位址自 代理伺服器D-SLP之供應。 若無參數,則不支援能力。 >來自代理伺服器E-SLP之E-SLP供應 0 此欄位指示SET是否支援經授權E-SLP位址自 代理伺服器E-SLP之供應》 若無參數,則不支援能力。 >向11-81^ 之 D-SLP 通 0 此欄位指示SET是否能夠在SET改變對D-SLP 162179.doc -83- 201243375 知 之存取時通知Η-SLP。 若無參數,則不支援能力》 >感測器支援 0 定義SET是否能夠使用感測器以計算或擷取 在會話内於SUPL REPORT中所報告之位置估 計及/或速度估計。 若無參數,則不支援能力。 感測器為SET中不受到定位協定(LPP/LPPe或 TIA-801)控制之功能,且能夠判定位置估計 及/或速度估計。感測器可自在SET外部或在 SET所駐留之器件外部之實體得到估計或量 測。 若感測器係用以判定位置,則SUPL REPORT 中之「位置方法」可經設定為「其他」。 此參數不指示LPPe中之感測器之支援。 SUPL INIT根密鑰狀 態 CV 此參數係有條件的,且可在模式A SUPL INIT保護被使用時被使用。對於NULL SUPL INIT保護及模式B SUPL INIT保護,可能不 使用此參數。 此參數係藉由SET使用以向SLP指示以下條件 中之一者: •無效SUPL INIT根密鑰 •非同步SUPL INIT根密鑰 若SET不具有有效SUPL INIT根密鑰,則此參 數可被發送且設定為「扃政Si/Pi /ΜΓ截寮 翁」。若SET之SUPL INIT根密鑰係非同步 的,則此參數可被發送且設定為「#尽# /ΜΓ游资着」。若SET具有同步之有效 SUPL INIT根密鑰,則可能不發送此參數。 表5 :實例SET能力參數 SLP查詢參數可藉由SET使用以向H-SLP、代理伺服器D-SLP或代理伺服器E-SLP請求適用於當前SET位置及/或伺 服存取網路之經授權D-SLP及/或E-SLP位址清單。SLP查 詢參數可包括於SUPL START訊息(例如,在圖9及圖10中 162179.doc • 84- 201243375 之動作B中所傳送的SUPL START訊息)中。下表說明實例 SLP查詢參數: 參數 存在 值/描述 SLP查詢 • 請求一或多個D-SLP及/或E-SLP位址之供應 >D-SLP查詢 0 此參數可包括於針對經授權D-SLP位址之請求 中。 »經授權D-SLP位 址清單 CV 此參數提供藉由SLP查詢被發送至之SLP先前 授·權之任何D-SLP之位址清單。 »偏好D-SLP位址 清單 0 此參數提供受到SET偏好之任何D-SLP位址之 清單。此清單可包括經先前授權D-SLP之位址 及/或藉由SET發現之新D-SLP之位址。 »非偏好D-SLP位 址 0 此參數提供未受到SET偏好之任何D-SLP位址 之清單。此清單可包括經先前授權D-SLP(例 如,不能夠提供適當服務)之位址。 »QoP 0 此參數指示請求哪一QoP。此參數可藉由SLP 使用以授權D-SLP。 >E-SLP查詢 0 此參數可包括於針對經授權E-SLP位址之請求 中。 »經授權E-SLP位 址清單 CV 此參數提供藉由SLP査詢被發送至之SLP先前 授權之任何E-SLP之位址之清單。 »偏好E-SLP位址 清單 0 此參數提供受到SET偏好之任何E-SLP位址之 清單。此清單可包括經先前授權E-SLP之位址 及/或藉由SET發現之新E-SLP之位址〇 »非偏好E-SLP位 址 0 此參數提供未受到SET偏好之任何E-SLP位址 之清單。此清單可包括經先前授權E-SLP(例 如,不能夠提供適當服務)之位址。 表6 :實例SLP查詢參數 SLP授權參數可藉由H-SLP、代理伺服器D-SLP或代理伺 服器E-SLP使用以向SET提供一或多個經授權D-SLP及/或 E-SLP位址,且提供對此等位址之使用之可選限制。SLP 授權參數可包括於SUPL END訊息(例如,在圖9及圖10中 之動作F中及在圖11中之動作B中所傳送的SUPL END訊息) 中。SLP授權參數亦可包括於SUPL TRIGGERED STOP訊 162179.doc -85· 201243375 心中例如,如在圖13中之動作g申一樣及在圖14中之動 作E中一樣。下表說明實例SLP授權參數: 參數 存在 值/描述 SLP授權 - 提供一或多個經授權D-SLP及/或E-SLP位址。_ >D-SLP授權清單 CV 此參數被包括以提供一或多個經授權D-SLP位址及 關聯條件以用於存取每一位址。D-SLP位址係以優 先級次序被提供(最高優先級優先),其中當滿足關 聯服務區域及存取網路條件時,較高優先級D-SLP 可優先於較低優先級D-SLP而藉由SET存取。回應 於針對D-SLP位址之SET請求,無此參數或存在不 含有D-SLP位址之此參數指示無D-SLP被授權:藉 由發送回應之SLP先前授權的任何D-SLP接著可被 認為藉由SET解除授權,其中在進行中之任何關聯 SUPL會話係藉由SET以SUPL END訊息終止。若經 先前授權代理伺服器D-SLP藉此被解除授權,則藉 由代理伺服器D-SLP授權之任何D-SLP亦被解除授 權》 »D-SLP清單 Μ 此參數提供經授權D-SLP位址及條件以用於存取每 一位址。 »>D-SLP 位址 Μ 此攔位以FQDN之形式提供經授權D-SLP位址。 »>服務持續時間 0 此參數提供D-SLP授權之持續時間。若無此參數, 則持續時間為無限的。 >»服務區域 0 此參數提供經授權D-SLP可被存取之地理區域。若 無此參數,則仍可經由存取網路清單而許可無服務 區域係經由對D-SLP之存取被明確地授權。 »>存取網路清單 0 此參數提供可供存取經授權D-SLP位址之存取網路 清單。若無此參數,則仍可經由服務區域而許可無 存取網路係經由對D-SLP之存取被明確地授權。 >»組合類型 0 此參數定義如何組合服務區域限定及存取網路清單 限定。替代例為: • AND(SET可處於服務區域内及使用所允許存 取網路;) • OR(SET可處於服務區域内或使用所允許存取 網路) •有條件〇R(SET可處於服務區域内。若SET不 能判定其是否處於服務區域内,則SET可使用 所允許存取網路) 162179.doc • 86 - 201243375 若不包括此參數,則預設值為OR。 »>服務 0 此參數提供SET可與經授權D-SLP從事之服務清 單。所允許服務係藉由布耳(Boolean)TRUE值指 示,且不允許服務係藉由FALSE值指示。SET可能 不請求任何不允許服務或接受針對任何不允許服務 之請求。此參數可能針對藉由代理伺服器D-SLP授 權之D-SLP不被包括,且若被包括,則可被忽略。 若針對自Η-SLP所接收之授權無此參數,則允許所 有服務。在藉由代理伺服器D-SLP之授權的狀況 下,針對經授權D-SLP所允許之服務係與藉由H-SLP針對代理伺服器D-SLP所授權之服務相同。 »>代理伺服器D· SLP CV 此參數係有條件的且可藉由Η-SLP發送。 此參數之此存在指示D-SLP可充當用於Η-SLP之代 理伺服器以將經授權D-SLP位址提供至SET。藉由 代理伺服器D-SLP提供之任何D-SLP位址保持與代 理飼服器D-SLP相關聯一例如,一旦針對代理彳司服 器D-SLP之授權(藉由Η-SLP提供)之持續時間期滿, 該等位址就被移除。 »H-SLP存取偏好 CV 此參數係有條件的且可藉由Η-SLP發送。 此參數指示Η-SLP是否可藉由SET而非D-SLP存取 以得到SET起始位置服務。以下值受到支援: •對Η-SLP之存取為非允許的 •對Η-SLP之存取為非偏好的(Η-SLP待用作備 份) •對Η-SLP之存取為偏好的(D-SLP待用作備份) 無該參數意謂:不存在偏好且SET可存取Η-SLP或 D-SLP。 註釋:現有Η-SLP會話可能不受到此參數影響。 »報告D-SLP存取 CV 此參數係有條件的且可藉由Η-SLP發送。 此參數被包括以請求在SET改變對不同D-SLP之存 取時自SET至Η-SLP之通知》通知可僅限定於經授 權以執行網路起始服務之D-SLP。通知亦可擴展至 藉由代理伺服器D-SLP授權之D-SLP。通知可輔助 Η-SLP將針對SET之位置請求自外部SUPL代理重新 導向或轉遞至最近通知之D-SLP。 »>包括代理伺服 器D-SLP授權之D-SLP Μ 此參數指示:除了藉由Η-SLP直接地授權之D-SLP 以外,藉由支援網路起始服務之代理伺服器D-SLP 授權之D-SLP是(TRUE)否(FALSE)亦可被通知給H-SLP。 162179.doc • 87 _ 201243375 >E-SLP授權清單 CV 此參數被包括以提供一或多個經授權E_SLp位址及 關聯條件以用於存取每一位址。E_SLP位址係以優 先級次序被提供(最高優先級優先),其中當滿足關 聯服務區域及存取網路條件時’較高優先級E_SLP 可優先於較低優先級E-SLP而藉由SET存取。回應 於針對E-SLP位址之SET請求.,無此參數或存在不 含有E-SLP位址之此參數指示無E_SLP被授權:藉 由發送回應之SLP先前授權的任何e-SLP接著可被 聪為藉由SET解除授權,其中在進行中之任何關聯 SUPL會話係藉由SET藉由發送SUPL END終止。若 經先前授權代理伺服器E-SLP藉此被解除授權,則 藉由代理伺服器E-SLP授權之任何E-SLP亦被解除 授權。對此等策略之例外可根據當地法規要求而存 在一例如,SET可在從事於緊急呼叫時接受來自E-SLP的針對單定位之網路起始請求,而不管E-SLp 是否藉由Η-SLP授權。 »E-SLP清單 Μ 此參數提供經授權E-SLP位址及條件以用於存取每 一位址。 >»E- S LP 位址 Μ 此欄位以FQDN之形式提供經授權E-SLP位址。 »>服務持續時間 0 此參數提供E-SLP授權之持續時間。若無此參數, 則持續時間為無限的。 >»服務區域 0 此參數提供經授權E-SLP可被存取之地理區域。若 無此參數,則仍可經由存取網路清單而許可無服務 區域係經由對E-SLP之存取被明確地授權。 »>存取網路清單 0 此參數提供可供存取經授權E-SLP位址之存取網路 清單。若無此參數,則仍可經由服務區域而許可無 存取網路係經由對E-SLP之存取被明確地授權。 >»組合類型 0 此參數定義如何組合服務區域限定及存取網路清單 限定。替代例為: • AND(UE可處於服務區域内及使用所允許存取 網路) • OR(UE可處於服務區域内或使用所允許存取 網路) •有條件OR(UE可處於服務區域内。若UE不能 判定其是否處於服務區域内,則UE可使用所 允許存取網路) 若不包括此參數,則預設值為OR。 »>代理伺服器E- CV 此參數係有條件的且可藉由Η-SLP發送。 SLP 此參數之此存在指示E-SLP可充當用於Η-SLP之代 162179.doc • 88 - 201243375 理伺服器以將經授權E-SLP位址提供至SET。藉由 代理伺服器E-SLP提供之任何E-SLP位址保持與代 理飼服器E-SLP相關聯一例如’ 一旦針對代理彳司服 器E-SLP之授權(藉由η-SLP提供)之持續時間期滿, 該等位址就被移除。 >最小再試週期 0 此參數提供SET可在激起新D-SLP或E-SLP授權請求 之前等待的最小時間週期。該參數在對SET SLP授 權請求之回應中及在未經懇求SLP授權中係有效的 (例如’對於會話資訊査詢程序或在藉由Η-SLP或藉 由代理伺服器D-SLP或E-SLP針對任何SUPL會話發 送之SUPL END中)。該參數適用於發送該參數之 SLP—例如,用於代理伺服器D-SLP之最小再試週 期不影響對Η-SLP之請求且反之亦然。 表7 :實例SLP授權參數 經授權D-SLP清單參數可藉由SET使用以將任何經當前 授權之D-SLP位址提供至H_SLp或至代理伺服器D_SLp。經 授權D-SLP清單參數可在SUPL尺£1>〇11丁訊息中予以傳送_ 例如,如在圖13及圖14中之動作D中一樣。下表說明實例 經授權D-SLP清單參數: 參數 存在 值/描述 經授權D-SLP清單 *提供經當前授權D-SLP位址 >經授權D-SLP Μ •提供藉由此參數被發送至之SLP當前授權之 D-SLP清單。 »D-SLP位址 0 _ •此參數以FQDN之形式提供D-SLP位址。 >>代理伺服器授權之 D-SLP清單 0 •此參數可在經授權D-SLP為代理伺服器D-SLP 時發送至H-SLP,且提供藉由代理伺服器D-SLP 當前授權之任何D-SLP之清單。 表8 :實例經授權D-Slp清單參數 經授權E-SLP清單參數可藉由SET使用以將任何經當前 授權E-SLP位址提供至Η-SLP。經授權E-SLP清單參數可在 SUPL REPORT訊息t予以傳送一例如,如在圖13及圖14 162179.doc -89- 201243375 中之動作D中一樣。下表說明實例經授權e-SLP清單參 數: 參數 存在 值/描述 經授權E-SLP清單 - •提供經當前授權E-SLP位址 >經授權E-SLP Μ •提供藉由此參數被發送至之SLP當前授權 之E-SLP之清單。 »E-SLP位址 0 •此參數以FQDN之形式提供E-SLP位址。 >>代理伺服器授權之 E-SLP清單 0 •此參數可在經授權E-SLP為代理伺服器Ε_ SLP時發送至H-SLP,且提供藉由代理伺服器 E-SLP當前授權之任何E-SLP之清輩。 表9 :實例經授權E-SLP清單參數 D-SLP存取通知參數可藉由SET使用以在經最近存取D_ SLP經授權以支援網路起始服務時將該D-SLP之位址提供 至H-SLP。D-SLP存取通知參數可在SUPL REp〇RT訊息中 予以傳送—例如,如在圖12中之動作B中一樣。下表說明 實例D-SLP存取通知參數: 此參數以FQDN之形式提供D_SLP位址 表10:實例經授權D-SLP存取通知參數 施貫:本說明書對「一實例」、「某些實例」或「實例實 施」=參考意謂:結合該特徵及/或實例所描述之特定特 " 舞或特性可包括於所主張主題之至少一特徵及/或 實例中。因此’在貫穿本說明書之各處中片語例 由 「 Η1* 」 一實例」、「在某些實例中」或「在某些實施 」5其他類似片語之出現未必全部指代同一特徵、實例 及/或限制。此外,可將特定特徵、結構或特性組合於一 162179.doc 201243375 或多個實例及/或特徵中。 本文所描述之方法可根據特定特徵及/或實例取決於應 用而藉由各種構件實施。舉例而言,此等方法可以硬體、 韌體,及/或其組合連同軟體予以實施。在硬體實施中, 舉例而S,處理單元可實施於一或多個特殊應用積體電路 (ASIC)、數位仏號處理器(DSp)、數位信號處理器件 (DSPD)、可程式化邏輯器件(pLD)、場可程式化閘陣列 (FPGA)、處理器、控制器、微控制器、微處理器、電子器 件、經設計以執行本文所描述之功能之其他器件單元及/ 或其組合内。 在則述[實施方式]中’眾多特定細節已被闡述以提供對 所主張主題之詳盡理解。然而,熟習此項技術者應理解, 所主張主題可在無此等特定細節的情況下被實踐。在其他 例子中,尚未詳細地描述將為一般熟習此項技術者所知之 方法及裝置以便不會混淆所主張主題。 已依據對儲存於特定裝置或專用計算器件或平台之記憶 體内之二進位數位電子信號之操作的演算法或符號表示而 呈現前述[實施方式]之一些部分。在此特定說明書之内容 背景t ’ 一旦通用電腦經程式設計以依據來自程式軟體之 指令來執行特定功能,術語「特定裝置」或其類似者就包 括通用電腦。演算法描述或符號表示為由一般熟習信號處 理或相關技術者將其工作之主旨傳遞給其他熟習此項技術 者所使用之技術之實例。此處,且通常,演算法被視為導 致所要結果之自相一致操作序列或相似信號處理。在内容 162179.doc 91 201243375 背景中’操作或處理涉及對實體量之實體操控。通常(但 未必)’此等量可採取能夠被儲存、傳送、組合、比較或 以其他方式操控為表示資訊(例如,作為代表性資料)之電 子L號之電信號或磁性信號的形式。主要地出於普通使用 之原因’已證明有時方便的是將此等信號稱為位元、資 料、值、元素、符號、字元、項、號碼、數字、資訊或其 類似者。然而,應理解,所有此等術語或相似術語將與適 ^貫體量相關聯,且僅僅為方便的標記。自以下論述顯而 易見,除非另有特定陳述,否則應瞭解,貫穿本說明書, 利用諸如「處理」、「計算」、「判定」、「建立」、 獲得」、「識別」及/或其類似者之術語之論述指代特 定裝置(諸如,專用電腦或相似專用電子計算器件)之動作 或程序。因此,在本說明書之内容背景中’專用電腦或相 似專用電子计算器件能夠操控或變換信號,該等信號通常 表示為專用電腦或相似專用電子計算器件之記憶體、暫存 器或其他資訊儲存器件、傳輸器件或顯示器件内之實體電 子量或磁性量。在此特定專利申請案之内容背景中,一旦 通用電腦經程式設計以依據來自程式軟體之指令來執行特 定功能,術語「特定裝置」就可包括通用電腦。 如本文所使用之術語「及」、「或」及「及/或」可包 括多種意義’其亦被期望至少部分地取決於此等術語被使 用之内容背景。通常’若「或」用以使諸如A、B或C之清 單相關聯’則「或」意欲意謂A、B及C(此處在包括性意 義上使用),以及A、B或C(此處在獨佔式意義上使用)。另 162179.doc -92- 201243375 外,如本文所使用之術語「― , 或夕個」可用以描述呈單數 形式之任何特徵、結構 数 a特丨生,或可用以描述複數個特 徵、結構或特性或特徵、結 ' 立L, ^ ^ 铒飞特〖生之某其他組合。但應 /主思,此情形僅僅為說明 生貫例,且所主張主題不限於此 貫例。 儘管已說明及描述當前 :田引被涊為實例特徵之物,但熟習此 項技術者應理解,在不脫離 所王浪主題的情況下,可進行 各種其他修改且可取代等 寺双有另外,在不脫離本文所描 述之中心概念的情況下,可進 j進订卉多修改以使特定情形適 應於所主張主題之教示。 曰因此,意欲使所主張主題不限於所揭示之特定實例,而 疋使此所主張主題亦可包括屬於附加中請專利範圍及其等 效者之範疇的所有態樣。 【圖式簡單說明】 圖1為根據-實施的說明包括行動器件之實例環境的示 意性方塊圖’行動H❹於存取可藉由—或多個計算器件 提供之某些位置服務及/或其他類似資訊。 圖2為根據一實施的說明實例計算器件之某些特徵的示 意性方塊圖,計算器件可將某些位置服務等等提供至一或 多個其他器件及/或以其他方式支援某些位置服務等等。 圖3為根據一實施的說明實例行動器件之某些特徵的示 思性方塊圖,行動器件用於存取可藉由一或多個計算器件 &供之某些位置服務及/或其他類似資訊。 圖4為根據一貫施的說明包含複數個supl定位平台 162179.doc •93· 201243375 (SLP)之實例環境的示意性方塊圖,複數個811此定位平台 (SLP)供表示為SIJPL允用終端機(SET)之行動器件使用。 圖5為根據一實施的說明用於計算器件(例如,如在圖2 中一樣)之程序或方法之某些特徵的流程圖。 圖6為根據一實施的說明用於行動器件(例如,如在圖3 中一樣)之程序或方法之某些特徵的流程圖。 圖7為根據一實施的說明可用以支援某些網路起始位置 服務之實例訊息流程的流程圖。 圖8為根據一實施的說明可用以支援某些行動器件起始 位置服務之實例訊息流程的流程圖。 圖9為根據一實施的說明可用以藉由H_SLp支援供某些 位置服務使用之D-SLP/E_SLP之授權之實例訊息流程的流 程圖。 圖10為根據一實施的說明可用以藉由代理伺服器D_ SLP/E-SLP支援供某些位置服務使用之D_SLp/E SLp之授 權之實例訊息流程的流程圖。 圖11為根據一實施的說明可用以支援供某些位置服務使 用之D-SLP/E-SLP之未經懇求授權之實例訊息流程的流程 圖。 圖12為根據一實施的說明可用以向H_SLp提供關於行動 器件存取具有某些位置服務之D_SLP/E_SLp之通知之實例 訊息流程的流程圖。 圖13為根據一實施的說明可用以用重新通知來獲得關於 某些位置服務之會話資訊之實例訊息流程的流程圖。 162179.doc •94- 201243375 圖14為根據一實施的說明可用以用會話終止來獲得關於 某些位置服務之會話資訊之實例訊息流程的流程圖。 【主要元件符號說明】 100 環境 102 計算器件 103 有線通信鏈路 104 行動器件 110 裝置 112 裝置 120 網路 122 無線通信鏈路 130 計算器件 131 有線通信鏈路 134 位置服務 140 傳輸器件/傳輸器器件 142 無線信號 150 衛星定位系統 152 無線信號 200 計算平台 202 處理單元 204 記憶體 204-1 主要記憶體 204-2 次要記憶體 206 連接 162179.doc •95- 201243375 208 210 212 220 220' 222 222' 224 224, 226 226' 228 228' 230 230, 232 232’ 234 234, 236 236' 238 238' 無線/網路介面//有線/無線介面 接收器 傳輸器 第一位置伺服器集合 第一位置伺服器集合 第二位置伺服器集合 第二位置伺服器集合 經估計位置 行動器件之經估計位置 定位品質參數 定位品質參數 經先前授權位置伺服器 經先前授權位置伺服器 偏好位置伺服器 偏好位置伺服器 非偏好位置伺服器 非偏好位置伺服器 位置伺服器位址 位置伺服器位址 存取偏好 存取偏好 優先級參數/優先級排序 優先級參數/排序 伺服持續時間/服務持續時間 162179.doc •96· 240 201243375 240, 服務持續時間 242 服務區域 242' 服務區域 244 伺服網路 244' 伺服網路 246 再試週期 246' 再試週期 270 (非暫時)電腦可讀媒體 272 電腦可實施指令 300 計算平台 ’ 302 處理單元 304 記憶體 304-1 主要記憶體 304-2 次要記憶體 306 連接 308 無線介面/有線介面 310 接收器 312 傳輸器 314 輸入/輸出單元 370 (非暫時)電腦可讀媒體 372 電腦可實施指令 400 環境 402 安全使用者平面位置允用終端機 404 本籍網路 162179.doc -97- 201243375 406 本籍安全使用者平面位置定位平台 408 存取網路 409 代理伺服器安全使用者平面位置定位平台 410 已發現安全使用者平面位置定位平台/緊急安 全使用者平面位置定位平台 412 外部安全使用者平面位置代理 420 第一訊息 424 第二訊息 426 後續訊息 430 第一訊息 434 第二訊息 436 後續訊息 162179.doc -98->»Maximum number of area Id lists supported by this parameter 0 This parameter defines the maximum number of area Id lists supported by Siu. (Range: 1 to 32) This parameter is optional. If it does not exist, the SET branch area Id. »>Maximum number of areas Id supported by the list of Id per region CV This parameter defines the maximum number of areas 1d for the list of Id per region supported by the SET. (Range: 1 to 256) This parameter is conditional: this parameter can exist if the largest number of area Id lists exists. Otherwise, this parameter may not exist. »Session Capabilities Μ Define the session capabilities of the SET: • The total number of simultaneous sessions (range: 丨 to 128). • The maximum number of simultaneous triggered sessions (for periodic triggers) (range: 1 to 32). • The maximum number of simultaneous zone events triggered by the session (for zone event triggers) (range: 1 to 32). • The maximum number of simultaneous speed events triggered by the session (for speed event triggering) (range: 1 to 32, . > Supported Carry 0 This parameter does not apply to SUPL 3.0. This parameter may not be used. >QoPCapabilities 0 This parameter defines the ability of the SET to report and/or receive high-accuracy position and/or speed results. If there is no parameter, the capability is not supported. > Urban Location Capability 0 This parameter defines the ability of the SET to support absolute metrolocation. Right no parameter ' does not support capability. > Relative position capability 0 This parameter defines the ability of the SET to support relative positioning. If there is no parameter, the capability is not supported. >D-SLP supply from Η-SLP 0 This field indication Does the SET support the provisioning of the authorized D-SLP address from the Η-SLP. If there is no parameter, the capability is not supported. > E-SLP supply from Η-SLP 0 This check indicates whether the SET supports the authorized E-SLP The address is self-supplied with the supply of SLP. If there is no parameter, the capability is not supported. . > D-SLP supply from proxy server D-SLP 0 This check indicates whether the SET supports authorized D-SLP address self-proxy Server D-SLP If there is no parameter, the capability is not supported. > E-SLP supply from proxy server E-SLP 0 This field indicates whether the SET supports the authorized E-SLP address from the proxy server E-SLP supply. No parameter, no capability is supported. >D-SLP to 11-81^ This field indicates whether the SET can notify Η-SLP when the SET changes access to D-SLP 162179.doc -83- 201243375 If there is no parameter, the capability is not supported. > Sensor Support 0 Defines whether the SET can use the sensor to calculate or retrieve the position estimate and/or speed estimate reported in the SUPL REPORT during the session. The parameter does not support the capability. The sensor is a function in the SET that is not controlled by the positioning protocol (LPP/LPPe or TIA-801) and can determine the position estimate and/or the speed estimate. The sensor can be external to the SET or The entity outside the device where the SET resides is estimated or measured. If the sensor is used to determine the position, the Position Method in SUPL REPORT can be set to “Other.” This parameter does not indicate the sensing in LPPe. Support for SUPL INIT Root Key Status CV Coefficient conditions, and may be used at the mode A SUPL INIT protection is used for protection and NULL SUPL INIT Mode B SUPL INIT protection, you may not use this parameter. This parameter is used by the SET to indicate to the SLP one of the following conditions: • Invalid SUPL INIT Root Key • Non-synchronous SUPL INIT Root Key This parameter can be sent if the SET does not have a valid SUPL INIT Root Key And it is set to "Peace Si/Pi / ΜΓ 寮 寮". If the SUPL INIT root key of SET is not synchronized, this parameter can be sent and set to "#尽# /ΜΓ游资". This parameter may not be sent if the SET has a valid SUPL INIT root key that is synchronized. Table 5: Example SET Capability Parameters The SLP query parameters can be used by the SET to request the H-SLP, the Proxy Server D-SLP, or the Proxy Server E-SLP for the current SET location and/or the Servo Access Network. Authorize a list of D-SLP and/or E-SLP addresses. The SLP query parameters may be included in the SUPL START message (e.g., the SUPL START message transmitted in action B of 162179.doc • 84-201243375 in Figures 9 and 10). The following table illustrates example SLP query parameters: Parameter Presence Value / Description SLP Query • Request for Supply of One or More D-SLP and/or E-SLP Addresses > D-SLP Query 0 This parameter can be included for authorized D - Request for the SLP address. » Authorized D-SLP Address List CV This parameter provides a list of addresses for any D-SLP that was previously granted to the SLP by the SLP query. »Preference D-SLP Address List 0 This parameter provides a list of any D-SLP addresses that are subject to SET preferences. This list may include the address of the previously authorized D-SLP and/or the address of the new D-SLP discovered by the SET. »Non-Preferred D-SLP Address 0 This parameter provides a list of any D-SLP addresses that are not subject to SET preferences. This list may include addresses that have been previously authorized by the D-SLP (e.g., unable to provide appropriate services). »QoP 0 This parameter indicates which QoP is requested. This parameter can be used by the SLP to authorize the D-SLP. > E-SLP Query 0 This parameter can be included in the request for an authorized E-SLP address. » Authorized E-SLP Address List CV This parameter provides a list of the addresses of any E-SLPs previously authorized by the SLP to which SLP queries are sent. »Preference E-SLP Address List 0 This parameter provides a list of any E-SLP addresses that are subject to SET preferences. This list may include the address of the previously authorized E-SLP and/or the address of the new E-SLP discovered by SET. 非»Non-preferred E-SLP address 0 This parameter provides any E-SLP that is not subject to SET preferences. A list of addresses. This list may include addresses that have been previously authorized for E-SLP (e.g., unable to provide appropriate services). Table 6: Example SLP Query Parameters SLP Authorization parameters may be used by H-SLP, Proxy Server D-SLP or Proxy Server E-SLP to provide one or more authorized D-SLPs and/or E-SLPs to the SET The address and an optional restriction on the use of such an address. The SLP grant parameters may be included in the SUPL END message (e.g., in action F in Figures 9 and 10 and in the SUPL END message transmitted in action B in Figure 11). The SLP authorization parameters may also be included in the SUPL TRIGGERED STOP message 162179.doc -85· 201243375, for example, as in the action g in FIG. 13 and in the action E in FIG. The following table illustrates the example SLP authorization parameters: Parameter Present Value/Description SLP Authorization - Provides one or more authorized D-SLP and/or E-SLP addresses. _ > D-SLP Authorization List CV This parameter is included to provide one or more authorized D-SLP addresses and associated conditions for accessing each address. D-SLP addresses are provided in priority order (highest priority first), where higher priority D-SLPs may take precedence over lower priority D-SLPs when associated service areas and access network conditions are met Access by SET. In response to a SET request for a D-SLP address, the absence of this parameter or the presence of a parameter that does not contain a D-SLP address indicates that no D-SLP is authorized: any D-SLP previously authorized by the SLP that sent the response may then It is considered to be deauthorized by the SET, where any associated SUPL session in progress is terminated by the SET with a SUPL END message. Any D-SLP authorized by the proxy server D-SLP is also deauthorized if the previously authorized proxy server D-SLP is deauthorized. » D-SLP List Μ This parameter provides an authorized D-SLP The address and condition are used to access each address. »>D-SLP Address Μ This block provides an authorized D-SLP address in the form of an FQDN. »> Service Duration 0 This parameter provides the duration of the D-SLP authorization. If there is no such parameter, the duration is infinite. >»Service Area 0 This parameter provides the geographic area to which the authorized D-SLP can be accessed. Without this parameter, the no-service zone can still be explicitly authorized via access to the D-SLP via the access network list. »>Access Network List 0 This parameter provides a list of access networks that have access to authorized D-SLP addresses. Without this parameter, the non-access network can still be explicitly authorized via access to the D-SLP via the service area. >»Combination Type 0 This parameter defines how to combine service area qualifications and access network list qualifications. Alternatives are: • AND (SET can be in the service area and use the allowed access network;) • OR (SET can be in the service area or use the allowed access network) • Conditional 〇R (SET can be in Within the service area. If the SET cannot determine if it is in the service area, the SET can use the allowed access network. 162179.doc • 86 - 201243375 If this parameter is not included, the default value is OR. »>Service 0 This parameter provides a list of services that the SET can perform with an authorized D-SLP. The allowed service is indicated by the Boolean TRUE value and the service is not allowed to be indicated by the FALSE value. SET may not request any disallowed service or accept requests for any disallowed services. This parameter may not be included for D-SLPs authorized by the proxy server D-SLP and may be ignored if included. All services are allowed if there is no such parameter for the authorization received by the Self-SLP. In the case of authorization by the proxy server D-SLP, the services allowed for the authorized D-SLP are the same as those authorized by the H-SLP for the proxy server D-SLP. »>Proxy Server D· SLP CV This parameter is conditional and can be sent by Η-SLP. This presence of this parameter indicates that the D-SLP can act as a proxy server for the Η-SLP to provide an authorized D-SLP address to the SET. Any D-SLP address provided by the proxy server D-SLP remains associated with the proxy server D-SLP, for example, once authorized for the proxy server D-SLP (provided by the Η-SLP) When the duration expires, the addresses are removed. »H-SLP Access Preference CV This parameter is conditional and can be sent by Η-SLP. This parameter indicates whether the Η-SLP can be accessed by SET instead of D-SLP to get the SET start location service. The following values are supported: • Access to Η-SLP is not allowed • Access to Η-SLP is not preferred (Η-SLP is to be used as backup) • Access to Η-SLP is preferred ( D-SLP is to be used as a backup. No such parameter means that there is no preference and the SET can access the Η-SLP or D-SLP. Note: Existing Η-SLP sessions may not be affected by this parameter. »Report D-SLP Access CV This parameter is conditional and can be sent by Η-SLP. This parameter is included to request notification from SET to Η-SLP when the SET changes access to different D-SLPs. The notification may be limited to only D-SLPs authorized to perform network initiation services. The notification can also be extended to the D-SLP authorized by the proxy server D-SLP. The notification may assist the Η-SLP to redirect or forward the location request for the SET from the external SUPL agent to the most recently notified D-SLP. »>D-SLP including proxy server D-SLP authorization Μ This parameter indicates: In addition to the D-SLP directly authorized by Η-SLP, the proxy server D-SLP supporting the network initiation service The authorized D-SLP is (TRUE) or not (FALSE) and can also be notified to the H-SLP. 162179.doc • 87 _ 201243375 > E-SLP Authorization List CV This parameter is included to provide one or more authorized E_SLp addresses and associated conditions for accessing each address. The E_SLP address is provided in priority order (highest priority first), where the higher priority E_SLP can take precedence over the lower priority E-SLP with the SET when the associated service area and access network conditions are met access. In response to a SET request for an E-SLP address, this parameter without this parameter or presence without an E-SLP address indicates that no E_SLP is authorized: any e-SLP previously authorized by the SLP that sent the response can then be Cong is deauthorized by SET, where any associated SUPL session in progress is terminated by the SET by sending a SUPL END. Any E-SLP authorized by the proxy server E-SLP is also deactivated if the previously authorized proxy server E-SLP is thereby deauthorized. Exceptions to these policies may exist in accordance with local regulatory requirements. For example, the SET may accept a single-location network start request from the E-SLP when engaging in an emergency call, regardless of whether the E-SLp is by- SLP authorization. »E-SLP List Μ This parameter provides the authorized E-SLP address and conditions for accessing each address. >»E-S LP Address Μ This field provides the authorized E-SLP address in the form of an FQDN. »> Service Duration 0 This parameter provides the duration of the E-SLP authorization. If there is no such parameter, the duration is infinite. >»Service Area 0 This parameter provides the geographical area to which the authorized E-SLP can be accessed. Without this parameter, the no-service zone can still be explicitly authorized via access to the E-SLP via the access network list. »>Access Network List 0 This parameter provides a list of access networks that have access to authorized E-SLP addresses. Without this parameter, the non-access network can still be explicitly authorized via access to the E-SLP via the service area. >»Combination Type 0 This parameter defines how to combine service area qualifications and access network list qualifications. Alternatives are: • AND (the UE can be in the service area and use the allowed access network) • OR (the UE can be in the service area or use the allowed access network) • Conditional OR (UE can be in the service area) If the UE cannot determine whether it is in the service area, the UE can use the allowed access network. If this parameter is not included, the default value is OR. »>Proxy Server E-CV This parameter is conditional and can be sent by Η-SLP. SLP This presence of this parameter indicates that the E-SLP can act as a proxy for the Η-SLP 162179.doc • 88 - 201243375 The server is to provide the authorized E-SLP address to the SET. Any E-SLP address provided by the proxy server E-SLP remains associated with the proxy feeder E-SLP, for example 'once authorized for the proxy server E-SLP (provided by η-SLP) When the duration expires, the addresses are removed. >Minimum retry period 0 This parameter provides the minimum time period that the SET can wait before activating a new D-SLP or E-SLP grant request. This parameter is valid in response to the SET SLP authorization request and in the unsolicited SLP authorization (eg 'for session information query procedures or either by Η-SLP or by proxy server D-SLP or E-SLP SUPL END sent for any SUPL session). This parameter applies to the SLP that sent the parameter - e.g., the minimum retry period for the proxy server D-SLP does not affect the request for the Η-SLP and vice versa. Table 7: Example SLP Authorization Parameters The authorized D-SLP list parameters can be used by the SET to provide any currently authorized D-SLP address to H_SLp or to the proxy server D_SLp. The authorized D-SLP list parameter can be transmitted in the SUPL ruler <1>><11> message_e.g., as in action D in Figs. 13 and 14. The following table illustrates the example authorized D-SLP list parameters: Parameter Presence Value / Description Authorized D-SLP List * Provides Current Authorized D-SLP Address > Authorized D-SLP Μ • Provided by this parameter is sent to A list of D-SLPs currently licensed by SLP. »D-SLP Address 0 _ • This parameter provides the D-SLP address in the form of an FQDN. >> Proxy Server Authorized D-SLP List 0 • This parameter can be sent to the H-SLP when the authorized D-SLP is the Proxy Server D-SLP, and is currently authorized by the Proxy Server D-SLP A list of any D-SLPs. Table 8: Example Authorized D-Slp List Parameters The authorized E-SLP list parameters can be used by the SET to provide any currently authorized E-SLP address to the Η-SLP. The authorized E-SLP list parameters can be transmitted in the SUPL REPORT message t, for example, as in action D in Figures 13 and 14 162179.doc -89-201243375. The following table illustrates the example authorized e-SLP list parameters: Parameter Presence Value / Description Authorized E-SLP List - • Provides Current Authorized E-SLP Address > Authorized E-SLP Μ • Provided by this parameter A list of E-SLPs currently licensed by SLP. »E-SLP Address 0 • This parameter provides the E-SLP address in the form of an FQDN. >> Proxy Server Authorized E-SLP List 0 • This parameter can be sent to the H-SLP when the Authorized E-SLP is the Proxy Server Ε_SLP and is currently authorized by the Proxy Server E-SLP Any E-SLP of the Qing Dynasty. Table 9: Example Authorized E-SLP List Parameters D-SLP Access Notification Parameters may be used by the SET to provide the address of the D-SLP when the D_SLP is recently authorized to support the network initiating service. To H-SLP. The D-SLP access notification parameter can be transmitted in the SUPL REp 〇 RT message - for example, as in action B in Figure 12. The following table illustrates the example D-SLP access notification parameters: This parameter provides the D_SLP address table in the form of FQDN. Table 10: Example authorized D-SLP access notification parameter assignment: This specification is for "one instance", "some examples" Or "example implementation" = reference means that the particular "behavior" or feature described in connection with the feature and/or example may be included in at least one feature and/or example of the claimed subject matter. Therefore, the occurrence of a phrase in the "Examples of Η1*", "in some instances" or "in some implementations" 5 throughout the specification does not necessarily refer to the same feature, Examples and / or restrictions. In addition, certain features, structures, or characteristics may be combined in a 162179.doc 201243375 or multiple instances and/or features. The methods described herein can be implemented by various components depending on the particular features and/or examples depending on the application. For example, such methods can be implemented in hardware, firmware, and/or combinations thereof, along with software. In a hardware implementation, for example, the processing unit can be implemented in one or more special application integrated circuits (ASICs), digital semaphores (DSp), digital signal processing devices (DSPDs), programmable logic devices. (pLD), field programmable gate array (FPGA), processor, controller, microcontroller, microprocessor, electronics, other device units designed to perform the functions described herein, and/or combinations thereof . In the course of the description, numerous specific details have been set forth to provide a thorough understanding of the claimed subject matter. However, it will be understood by those skilled in the art that the claimed subject matter can be practiced without the specific details. In other instances, methods and apparatus that are known to those of ordinary skill in the art are not described in detail so as not to obscure the claimed subject matter. Portions of the foregoing [Embodiment] have been presented in terms of algorithms or symbolic representations of the operation of binary-bit electronic signals stored in a memory of a particular device or dedicated computing device or platform. Contents of this particular specification Background t ' Once a general purpose computer is programmed to perform a particular function in accordance with instructions from a program software, the term "specific device" or the like includes a general purpose computer. Algorithmic descriptions or symbols are expressed as examples of techniques used by those skilled in the art or by those skilled in the art to. Here, and generally, the algorithm is considered to be a self-consistent sequence of operations or similar signal processing that results in the desired result. In the context of the content 162179.doc 91 201243375 'operation or processing involves entity manipulation of the entity quantity. Usually (but not necessarily)' such quantities may take the form of an electrical or magnetic signal that can be stored, transferred, combined, compared, or otherwise manipulated to represent the information (e.g., as representative material). It has proven convenient at times, principally for reasons of common usage, to refer to such signals as bits, materials, values, elements, symbols, characters, terms, numbers, numbers, information, or the like. It should be understood, however, that all such terms or similar terms are to be construed as a It will be apparent from the following discussion that, unless specifically stated otherwise, it is understood that throughout the specification, such as "processing", "calculation", "decision", "establishment", acquisition, "identification" and/or the like The discussion of a term refers to an action or program of a particular device, such as a special purpose computer or similar specialized electronic computing device. Thus, in the context of the present specification, a "dedicated computer or similar dedicated electronic computing device" is capable of manipulating or transforming signals, which are typically represented as memory, registers or other information storage devices of a dedicated computer or similar dedicated electronic computing device. The amount of physical electrons or magnetic material in the transmission device or display device. In the context of the content of this particular patent application, once a general purpose computer is programmed to perform a particular function in accordance with instructions from a program software, the term "specific device" may include a general purpose computer. The terms "and", "or" and "and/or" may be used in the <RTI ID=0.0> </ RTI> </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; Usually 'if OR' is used to associate a list such as A, B or C' then "or" is intended to mean A, B and C (here used in an inclusive sense), and A, B or C ( Used here in an exclusive sense). In addition, the term "―, or 夕" as used herein may be used to describe any feature in the singular form, the number of structures a, or may be used to describe a plurality of features, structures, or Characteristics or characteristics, knots 'L, ^ ^ 铒Fate 〗 〖Some of other combinations. However, it should be considered that this situation is merely illustrative, and the claimed subject matter is not limited to this example. Although the current description has been made and described: Tian cited is regarded as an example feature, those skilled in the art should understand that various other modifications can be made without replacing the theme of Wang Lang, and that the temple can be replaced. Without departing from the central concepts described herein, various modifications may be made to adapt a particular situation to the teachings of the claimed subject matter. Therefore, it is intended that the subject matter of the invention is not limited to the specific examples disclosed, and that the claimed subject matter may also include all aspects of the scope of the appended claims and their equivalents. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS FIG. 1 is a schematic block diagram of an example environment including a mobile device according to an implementation - an operation to access certain location services provided by or - a plurality of computing devices and/or other Similar information. 2 is a schematic block diagram illustrating certain features of an example computing device that can provide certain location services, etc., to one or more other devices and/or otherwise support certain location services, in accordance with an implementation. and many more. 3 is a schematic block diagram illustrating certain features of an example mobile device for accessing certain location services and/or the like by one or more computing devices & News. 4 is a schematic block diagram of an example environment including a plurality of supl positioning platforms 162179.doc • 93· 201243375 (SLP) according to a consistent description, a plurality of 811s of the positioning platform (SLP) for representation as SIJPL enabled terminals (SET) mobile device used. FIG. 5 is a flow diagram illustrating certain features of a program or method for computing a device (eg, as in FIG. 2) in accordance with an implementation. 6 is a flow diagram illustrating certain features of a program or method for a mobile device (eg, as in FIG. 3), in accordance with an implementation. 7 is a flow diagram illustrating an example message flow that may be used to support certain network home location services, in accordance with an implementation. 8 is a flow diagram illustrating an example message flow that may be used to support certain mobile device start location services, in accordance with an implementation. Figure 9 is a flow diagram illustrating an example message flow that may be used to support the authorization of D-SLP/E_SLP for use by certain location services by H_SLp, in accordance with an implementation. 10 is a flow diagram illustrating an example message flow that may be used to support the authorization of D_SLp/E SLp for use by certain location services by proxy server D_SLP/E-SLP, in accordance with an implementation. 11 is a flow diagram illustrating an example message flow that may be used to support unsolicited authorization of a D-SLP/E-SLP for use by certain location services, in accordance with an implementation. 12 is a flow diagram illustrating an example message flow that may be used to provide H_SLp with a notification that a mobile device has access to a D_SLP/E_SLp with certain location services, in accordance with an implementation. Figure 13 is a flow diagram illustrating an example message flow that may be used to obtain session information about certain location services with re-notification, in accordance with an implementation. 162179.doc • 94- 201243375 Figure 14 is a flow diagram illustrating an example message flow that may be used to obtain session information about certain location services with session termination, in accordance with an implementation. [Main component symbol description] 100 environment 102 computing device 103 wired communication link 104 mobile device 110 device 112 device 120 network 122 wireless communication link 130 computing device 131 wired communication link 134 location service 140 transmission device / transmitter device 142 Wireless signal 150 satellite positioning system 152 wireless signal 200 computing platform 202 processing unit 204 memory 204-1 primary memory 204-2 secondary memory 206 connection 162179.doc • 95- 201243375 208 210 212 220 220' 222 222' 224 224, 226 226' 228 228' 230 230, 232 232' 234 234, 236 236' 238 238' Wireless/Web Interface // Wired/Wireless Interface Receiver Transmitter First Location Server Set First Location Server Set The second location server set second location server set estimated location location quality parameter location quality parameter of the estimated location mobile device via the previously authorized location server via the previously authorized location server preference location server preference location server non-preferred location Server non-preferred location server location server address location server address storage Preference Access Priority Priority Parameter/Prioritization Priority Parameter/Sort Servo Duration/Service Duration 162179.doc • 96· 240 201243375 240, Service Duration 242 Service Area 242' Service Area 244 Servo Network 244' Servo Network 246 Retry Period 246' Retry Period 270 (non-transitory) Computer readable Media 272 Computer Implementable Instruction 300 Computing Platform '302 Processing Unit 304 Memory 304-1 Primary Memory 304-2 Secondary Memory 306 Connection 308 Wireless Interface/Wired Interface 310 Receiver 312 Transmitter 314 Input/Output Unit 370 (Non-temporary) Computer-Readable Media 372 Computer-Available Instructions 400 Environment 402 Secure User Plane Location Permitted Terminal 404 Home Network 162179.doc -97 - 201243375 406 Local Security User Plane Location Positioning Platform 408 Access Network 409 Proxy Server Security User Plane Positioning Platform 410 Secure User Plane Positioning Platform/Emergency Security User Plane Positioning Platform 412 Externally Secure Use Plane position agent 420 A message 424 second message 426 follow-up message 430 first message 434 second message 436 follow-up message 162179.doc -98-
Claims (1)
Applications Claiming Priority (7)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201161440251P | 2011-02-07 | 2011-02-07 | |
US201161451059P | 2011-03-09 | 2011-03-09 | |
US201161470986P | 2011-04-01 | 2011-04-01 | |
US201161484113P | 2011-05-09 | 2011-05-09 | |
US201161485085P | 2011-05-11 | 2011-05-11 | |
US201161495895P | 2011-06-10 | 2011-06-10 | |
US201161527841P | 2011-08-26 | 2011-08-26 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
TW201243375A true TW201243375A (en) | 2012-11-01 |
Family
ID=46600976
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
TW101103814A TW201243375A (en) | 2011-02-07 | 2012-02-06 | Methods and apparatus for identifying and authorizing location servers and location services using a proxy location server |
Country Status (3)
Country | Link |
---|---|
ES (1) | ES2672330T3 (en) |
HU (1) | HUE036618T2 (en) |
TW (1) | TW201243375A (en) |
-
2012
- 2012-02-06 TW TW101103814A patent/TW201243375A/en unknown
- 2012-02-06 ES ES14161695.3T patent/ES2672330T3/en active Active
- 2012-02-06 HU HUE14161695A patent/HUE036618T2/en unknown
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
ES2672330T3 (en) | 2018-06-13 |
HUE036618T2 (en) | 2018-07-30 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
TWI540924B (en) | Methods and apparatus for identifying and authorizing location servers and location services | |
JP6117274B2 (en) | Method, apparatus and article for location privacy by selectively allowing a request to access a location estimate based on a location identifier | |
AU2009203964B2 (en) | Method and apparatus for using service capability information for user plane location | |
US10009319B2 (en) | Methods, apparatuses and articles for identifying and authorizing location servers and location services using a proxy location server | |
EP2673939B1 (en) | Methods, apparatuses and articles for identifying and authorizing location servers and location services using a proxy location server | |
US20150031395A1 (en) | Positioning protocol conveyance | |
KR20140066738A (en) | Secure user plane location (supl) redirection and mobile location protocol (mlp) tunneling to a discovered slp | |
TW201243375A (en) | Methods and apparatus for identifying and authorizing location servers and location services using a proxy location server | |
TW201630457A (en) | Methods and apparatus for identifying and authorizing location servers and location services |